Search Results

Search found 8286 results on 332 pages for 'defined'.

Page 331/332 | < Previous Page | 327 328 329 330 331 332  | Next Page >

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Joining Windows 7 Professional to a Windows Server 2003 R2 x64 domain fails.

    - by Vinko Vrsalovic
    I have a windows 7 professional (spanish) laptop trying to join a Windows Server 2003 (english) domain. It detect correctly the SRV record, finding the proper domain controller, but then the join fails with the error message (snippet, because the error is in spanish) An Active Directory Domain Controller for This Domain Could Not be Contacted The DNS is correctly set, and client can ping by name and IP the server, the server can ping the client by IP. I've tested with the FW down to no avail. A host of other XP Pro clients are connected to the domain. I've restarted Net Logon and checked that Windows Time is up. Also the times are in sync between the server and the client. I'll put below diagnostics output. I'm wondering if there's anything special to be done on either the server or the client to have a Win 7 Pro join a 2k3 R2 domain. The following diagnostic information follows: netdiag /q for the DC dcdiag on the DC ipconfig /all on the Win 7 client netdiag /q on the DC: .................................. Computer Name: HI-X2 DNS Host Name: hi-x2.hi.local System info : Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 (Build 3790) Processor : EM64T Family 6 Model 23 Stepping 10, GenuineIntel List of installed hotfixes : KB923561 KB924667-v2 KB925398_WMP64 KB925902 KB926122 KB927891 KB929123 KB930178 KB932168 KB936357 KB938127 KB941569 KB942830 KB942831 KB943055 KB943460 KB944338-v2 KB944653 KB945553 KB946026 KB948496 KB950760 KB950762 KB950974 KB951066 KB951748 KB952004 KB952069 KB952954 KB954155 KB954550-v7 KB955069 KB955759 KB956572 KB956802 KB956803 KB956844 KB958469 KB958644 KB958869 KB959426 KB960225 KB960803 KB960859 KB961063 KB961118 KB961501 KB967715 KB967723 KB968389 KB968816 KB969059 KB969947 KB970238 KB970430 KB970483 KB971032 KB971468 KB971657 KB971737 KB971961 KB971961-IE8 KB972270 KB973037 KB973354 KB973507 KB973540 KB973687 KB973815 KB973825 KB973869 KB973904 KB973917-v2 KB974112 KB974318 KB974392 KB974571 KB975025 KB975467 KB975560 KB975713 KB976662-IE8 KB977290 KB977816 KB977914 KB978037 KB978262 KB978338 KB978542 KB978601 KB978706 KB979306 KB979309 KB979683 KB980182 KB980182-IE8 KB980232 KB980302-IE8 KB981332-IE8 KB981350 Q147222 Per interface results: Adapter : Local Area Connection Host Name. . . . . . . . . : hi-x2.hi.local IP Address . . . . . . . . : 10.0.1.199 Subnet Mask. . . . . . . . : 255.0.0.0 Default Gateway. . . . . . : 10.0.1.1 Dns Servers. . . . . . . . : 10.0.1.199 WINS service test. . . . . : Skipped Global results: [WARNING] You don't have a single interface with the 'WorkStation Service', 'Messenger Service', 'WINS' names defined. DNS test . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Passed PASS - All the DNS entries for DC are registered on DNS server '10.0.1.199'. IP Security test . . . . . . . . . : Skipped The command completed successfully dcdiag on the DC: Domain Controller Diagnosis Performing initial setup: Done gathering initial info. Doing initial required tests Testing server: Default-First-Site-Name\HI-X2 Starting test: Connectivity ......................... HI-X2 passed test Connectivity Doing primary tests Testing server: Default-First-Site-Name\HI-X2 Starting test: Replications ......................... HI-X2 passed test Replications Starting test: NCSecDesc ......................... HI-X2 passed test NCSecDesc Starting test: NetLogons ......................... HI-X2 passed test NetLogons Starting test: Advertising ......................... HI-X2 passed test Advertising Starting test: KnowsOfRoleHolders ......................... HI-X2 passed test KnowsOfRoleHolders Starting test: RidManager ......................... HI-X2 passed test RidManager Starting test: MachineAccount ......................... HI-X2 passed test MachineAccount Starting test: Services ......................... HI-X2 passed test Services Starting test: ObjectsReplicated ......................... HI-X2 passed test ObjectsReplicated Starting test: frssysvol ......................... HI-X2 passed test frssysvol Starting test: frsevent ......................... HI-X2 passed test frsevent Starting test: kccevent ......................... HI-X2 passed test kccevent Starting test: systemlog ......................... HI-X2 passed test systemlog Starting test: VerifyReferences ......................... HI-X2 passed test VerifyReferences Running partition tests on : ForestDnsZones Starting test: CrossRefValidation ......................... ForestDnsZones passed test CrossRefValidation Starting test: CheckSDRefDom ......................... ForestDnsZones passed test CheckSDRefDom Running partition tests on : DomainDnsZones Starting test: CrossRefValidation ......................... DomainDnsZones passed test CrossRefValidation Starting test: CheckSDRefDom ......................... DomainDnsZones passed test CheckSDRefDom Running partition tests on : Schema Starting test: CrossRefValidation ......................... Schema passed test CrossRefValidation Starting test: CheckSDRefDom ......................... Schema passed test CheckSDRefDom Running partition tests on : Configuration Starting test: CrossRefValidation ......................... Configuration passed test CrossRefValidation Starting test: CheckSDRefDom ......................... Configuration passed test CheckSDRefDom Running partition tests on : hi Starting test: CrossRefValidation ......................... hi passed test CrossRefValidation Starting test: CheckSDRefDom ......................... hi passed test CheckSDRefDom Running enterprise tests on : hi.local Starting test: Intersite ......................... hi.local passed test Intersite Starting test: FsmoCheck ......................... hi.local passed test FsmoCheck ipconfig /all on the Windows 7 client: Configuraci¢n IP de Windows Nombre de host. . . . . . . . . : hi-p6 Sufijo DNS principal . . . . . : Tipo de nodo. . . . . . . . . . : h¡brido Enrutamiento IP habilitado. . . : no Proxy WINS habilitado . . . . . : no Adaptador de LAN inal mbrica Conexi¢n de red inal mbrica: Sufijo DNS espec¡fico para la conexi¢n. . : Descripci¢n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Intel(R) WiFi Link 5100 AGN Direcci¢n f¡sica. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 00-22-FB-63-47-A0 DHCP habilitado . . . . . . . . . . . . . : no Configuraci¢n autom tica habilitada . . . : s¡ Direcci¢n IPv4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.0.1.42(Preferido) M scara de subred . . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Puerta de enlace predeterminada . . . . . : 10.0.1.1 Servidores DNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.0.1.199 NetBIOS sobre TCP/IP. . . . . . . . . . . : habilitado Adaptador de Ethernet Conexi¢n de  rea local: Estado de los medios. . . . . . . . . . . : medios desconectados Sufijo DNS espec¡fico para la conexi¢n. . : Descripci¢n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller Direcci¢n f¡sica. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 00-1E-33-1F-35-B1 DHCP habilitado . . . . . . . . . . . . . : s¡ Configuraci¢n autom tica habilitada . . . : s¡ Adaptador de t£nel isatap.{8926581E-09AC-4123-906B-DA6386AD2D60}: Estado de los medios. . . . . . . . . . . : medios desconectados Sufijo DNS espec¡fico para la conexi¢n. . : Descripci¢n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Adaptador ISATAP de Microsoft Direcci¢n f¡sica. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-E0 DHCP habilitado . . . . . . . . . . . . . : no Configuraci¢n autom tica habilitada . . . : s¡ Adaptador de t£nel Teredo Tunneling Pseudo-Interface: Sufijo DNS espec¡fico para la conexi¢n. . : Descripci¢n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : Teredo Tunneling Pseudo-Interface Direcci¢n f¡sica. . . . . . . . . . . . . : 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-E0 DHCP habilitado . . . . . . . . . . . . . : no Configuraci¢n autom tica habilitada . . . : s¡ Direcci¢n IPv6 . . . . . . . . . . : 2001:0:5ef5:73ba:1cec:3883:f5ff:fed5(Preferido) V¡nculo: direcci¢n IPv6 local. . . : fe80::1cec:3883:f5ff:fed5%13(Preferido) Puerta de enlace predeterminada . . . . . : :: NetBIOS sobre TCP/IP. . . . . . . . . . . : deshabilitado

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Inheritance of templates in WPF

    - by Alxandr
    I'm trying to make sure that every child of a given element (MPF.MWindow) gets custom templates. For instance, the button should get the template defined in resMButton.xaml. As of now I'm using the following code on: (resMWindow.xaml) <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style x:Key="SystemKeyAnimations" TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Opacity" Value="0.5" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Style.Triggers> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseEnter"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="1.0" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseLeave"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="0.5" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> </Style.Triggers> </Style> <Style TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <!-- Remove default frame appearance --> <Setter Property="WindowStyle" Value="None" /> <Setter Property="AllowsTransparency" Value="True" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <Border Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" BorderBrush="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" BorderThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" x:Name="ChromeBorder"> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> <RowDefinition /> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="TopThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="BottomThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="LeftThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="RightThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="TopLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="TopRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="BottomLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="BottomRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Grid Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="1"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="20" /> <RowDefinition /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" Grid.Column="1"> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Minimize" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="5" Y2="5" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Maximize" x:Name="MaximizeButton" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Width="10" Height="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="ApplicationCommands.Close" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> <Line X1="10" X2="0" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> </StackPanel> <ContentControl x:Name="TitleContentControl"> <TextBlock Text="{TemplateBinding Title}" Foreground="DarkGray" Margin="5,0" /> </ContentControl> </Grid> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Grid.Row="1"> <ContentPresenter.Resources> <ResourceDictionary> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMWindowContent.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> </ContentPresenter.Resources> </ContentPresenter> </Grid> </Grid> </Border> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> As you can see during the ContentPresenter which gets the content of the window I merge in a dicrionary called resMWindowContent.xaml. The resMWindowContent.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMButton.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> It simply merges in the resMButton.xaml dictionary (this is done because in the feature I will have MTextBox, mList... and I want to separate them). The resMButton.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Grid Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Stroke="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" StrokeThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" Fill="{TemplateBinding Background}" /> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Margin="3" /> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> A simple template drawing a square button. However, it isn't applied at all. My buttons remain normal, and I don't understand what I'm doing wrong. I just want every button inside the MWindow to get a special style (and in time every textbox and so forth). How do I achieve this? One note though: It's important that the styles doesn't apply to elements outside an MWindow.

    Read the article

  • Rspec2, Rails3, Authlogic: Can't run specs

    - by Sam
    When I do rspec spec in my rails project, I get No examples were matched. Perhaps {:if=>#<Proc:0x0000010126e998@/Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:50 (lambda)>, :unless=>#<Proc:0x0000010126e970@/Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:51 (lambda)>} is excluding everything? Finished in 0.00004 seconds 0 examples, 0 failures Now, this seems like maybe if I wrote a spec it would work, but as soon as I write a spec (and I do include spec_helper) /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/backward_compatibility.rb:20:in `const_missing': uninitialized constant Authlogic (NameError) from /{myapp}/app/models/user_session.rb:1:in `<top (required)>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:138:in `block (2 levels) in eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:137:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:137:in `block in eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:135:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:135:in `eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:108:in `eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application/finisher.rb:41:in `block in <module:Finisher>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:25:in `instance_exec' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:25:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:50:in `block in run_initializers' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:49:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:49:in `run_initializers' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:134:in `initialize!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:77:in `method_missing' from /{myapp}/config/environment.rb:5:in `<top (required)>' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from /{myapp}/spec/spec_helper.rb:3:in `<top (required)>' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from /{myapp}/spec/controllers/pages_controller_spec.rb:1:in `<top (required)>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `load' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `block in load_spec_files' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `map' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `load_spec_files' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/command_line.rb:18:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:55:in `run_in_process' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:46:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:10:in `block in autorun' The important line here seems to be /core/backward_compatibility.rb:20:in `const_missing': uninitialized constant Authlogic (NameError) Now if this were rails 2.3.8, I'd simply put config.gem "authlogic" into the environment.rb, in the initialization code block. However, the rails 3 environment.rb looks way different (there is no config code block, so putting it in arbitrarily causes an error where config is not defined). So my questions are 1) Do I actually have to put the gem config anywhere? I looked at https://github.com/trevmex/authlogic_rails3_example/ and it seems he didn't put it anywhere. 2) Does anyone know what I'm doing wrong in terms of rspec? My gem list is *** LOCAL GEMS *** abstract (1.0.0) actionmailer (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) actionpack (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activemodel (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2) activerecord (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activeresource (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activesupport (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) arel (2.0.6, 1.0.1) asdf (0.5.0) authlogic (2.1.6, 2.1.3) autotest (4.4.6, 4.4.1) autotest-fsevent (0.2.4) autotest-growl (0.2.9) autotest-rails (4.1.0) autotest-rails-pure (4.1.2) bluecloth (2.0.9) builder (2.1.2) bundler (1.0.7, 1.0.2) cgi_multipart_eof_fix (2.5.0) commonwatir (1.6.2) couchrest (0.33) cri (1.0.1) cucumber (0.4.4, 0.4.3, 0.3.11) daemons (1.1.0, 1.0.10) dependencies (0.0.7) diff-lcs (1.1.2) erubis (2.6.6) fastercsv (1.5.0) fastthread (1.0.7) firewatir (1.6.2) flay (1.4.0) flog (2.2.0) funfx (0.2.2) gem_plugin (0.2.3) gemsonrails (0.7.2) giraffesoft-resource_controller (0.6.5) haml (2.2.14) hoe (2.3.3) i18n (0.4.1) jscruggs-metric_fu (1.1.5) json_pure (1.1.9) kramdown (0.12.0) mail (2.2.13, 2.2.6.1) memcache-client (1.8.5) mime-types (1.16) mojombo-chronic (0.3.0) mongrel (1.1.5) monk (0.0.7) nanoc (3.1.5) nanoc3 (3.1.5) nokogiri (1.4.3.1, 1.4.0) open4 (0.9.6) polyglot (0.3.1, 0.2.9) rack (1.2.1, 1.0.1) rack-mount (0.6.13) rack-test (0.5.6) rails (3.0.0, 2.3.4) rails3-generators (0.17.0, 0.14.0) railties (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2) rake (0.8.7) relevance-rcov (0.9.2.1) rest-client (1.0.3) rspec (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc, 1.2.9) rspec-core (2.3.1, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-expectations (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-mocks (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-rails (2.3.1, 2.0.0.rc, 1.2.9) ruby_parser (2.0.4) rubyforge (2.0.3) rubygems-update (1.3.6, 1.3.5) rvm (1.0.13) s4t-utils (1.0.4) safariwatir (0.3.7) sexp_processor (3.0.3) spork (0.7.3) sqlite3-ruby (1.3.1, 1.2.5) sys-uname (0.8.5) term-ansicolor (1.0.4) text-format (1.0.0) text-hyphen (1.0.0) thor (0.14.6, 0.14.3, 0.12.0) treetop (1.4.8, 1.4.2) tzinfo (0.3.23) user-choices (1.1.6) vlad (2.0.0) vlad-git (2.1.0) webrat (0.7.1, 0.6.0, 0.5.3) xml-simple (1.0.12) ZenTest (4.4.2) I am using ruby 1.9.2 and rails 3.0.3 installed using RVM on OSX 10.6 Snow Leopard. I just want to be able to run my specs like I used to. As a separate issue, autotest yields an error about an include for autotest/growl but I installed autotest-growl. Maybe this is a gem issue? I tried doing the same things and get the same error when it comes to using my ubuntu 10.04 server machine though. Gemfile source 'http://rubygems.org' gem 'rails', '3.0.3' # Bundle edge Rails instead: # gem 'rails', :git => 'git://github.com/rails/rails.git' gem 'sqlite3-ruby', :require => 'sqlite3' group :couch do gem 'couchrest' end group :user_auth do gem 'authlogic' gem "rails3-generators" gem 'facebooker' end group :markup do gem 'haml' gem 'sass' end group :testing do gem 'rspec-rails' gem 'rspec' gem 'webrat' gem 'cucumber' gem 'capybara' gem 'factory_girl' gem 'shoulda' gem 'autotest' end group :server do gem 'unicorn' end # Use unicorn as the web server # gem 'unicorn' # Deploy with Capistrano # gem 'capistrano' # To use debugger # gem 'ruby-debug' # Bundle the extra gems: # gem 'bj' # gem 'nokogiri' # gem 'sqlite3-ruby', :require => 'sqlite3' # gem 'aws-s3', :require => 'aws/s3' # Bundle gems for the local environment. Make sure to # put test-only gems in this group so their generators # and rake tasks are available in development mode: # group :development, :test do # gem 'webrat' # end Gemfile.lock GEM remote: http://rubygems.org/ specs: ZenTest (4.4.2) abstract (1.0.0) actionmailer (3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) mail (~> 2.2.9) actionpack (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) builder (~> 2.1.2) erubis (~> 2.6.6) i18n (~> 0.4) rack (~> 1.2.1) rack-mount (~> 0.6.13) rack-test (~> 0.5.6) tzinfo (~> 0.3.23) activemodel (3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) builder (~> 2.1.2) i18n (~> 0.4) activerecord (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) arel (~> 2.0.2) tzinfo (~> 0.3.23) activeresource (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) activesupport (3.0.3) arel (2.0.6) authlogic (2.1.6) activesupport autotest (4.4.6) ZenTest (>= 4.4.1) builder (2.1.2) capybara (0.4.0) celerity (>= 0.7.9) culerity (>= 0.2.4) mime-types (>= 1.16) nokogiri (>= 1.3.3) rack (>= 1.0.0) rack-test (>= 0.5.4) selenium-webdriver (>= 0.0.27) xpath (~> 0.1.2) celerity (0.8.6) childprocess (0.1.6) ffi (~> 0.6.3) couchrest (1.0.1) json (>= 1.4.6) mime-types (>= 1.15) rest-client (>= 1.5.1) cucumber (0.10.0) builder (>= 2.1.2) diff-lcs (~> 1.1.2) gherkin (~> 2.3.2) json (~> 1.4.6) term-ansicolor (~> 1.0.5) culerity (0.2.13) diff-lcs (1.1.2) erubis (2.6.6) abstract (>= 1.0.0) facebooker (1.0.75) json_pure (>= 1.0.0) factory_girl (1.3.2) ffi (0.6.3) rake (>= 0.8.7) gherkin (2.3.2) json (~> 1.4.6) term-ansicolor (~> 1.0.5) haml (3.0.25) i18n (0.5.0) json (1.4.6) json_pure (1.4.6) kgio (2.0.0) mail (2.2.13) activesupport (>= 2.3.6) i18n (>= 0.4.0) mime-types (~> 1.16) treetop (~> 1.4.8) mime-types (1.16) nokogiri (1.4.4) polyglot (0.3.1) rack (1.2.1) rack-mount (0.6.13) rack (>= 1.0.0) rack-test (0.5.6) rack (>= 1.0) rails (3.0.3) actionmailer (= 3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) activerecord (= 3.0.3) activeresource (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) bundler (~> 1.0) railties (= 3.0.3) rails3-generators (0.17.0) railties (>= 3.0.0) railties (3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) rake (>= 0.8.7) thor (~> 0.14.4) rake (0.8.7) rest-client (1.6.1) mime-types (>= 1.16) rspec (2.3.0) rspec-core (~> 2.3.0) rspec-expectations (~> 2.3.0) rspec-mocks (~> 2.3.0) rspec-core (2.3.1) rspec-expectations (2.3.0) diff-lcs (~> 1.1.2) rspec-mocks (2.3.0) rspec-rails (2.3.1) actionpack (~> 3.0) activesupport (~> 3.0) railties (~> 3.0) rspec (~> 2.3.0) rubyzip (0.9.4) sass (3.1.0.alpha.206) selenium-webdriver (0.1.2) childprocess (~> 0.1.5) ffi (~> 0.6.3) json_pure rubyzip shoulda (2.11.3) sqlite3-ruby (1.3.2) term-ansicolor (1.0.5) thor (0.14.6) treetop (1.4.9) polyglot (>= 0.3.1) tzinfo (0.3.23) unicorn (3.1.0) kgio (~> 2.0.0) rack webrat (0.7.2) nokogiri (>= 1.2.0) rack (>= 1.0) rack-test (>= 0.5.3) xpath (0.1.2) nokogiri (~> 1.3) PLATFORMS ruby DEPENDENCIES authlogic autotest capybara couchrest cucumber facebooker factory_girl haml rails (= 3.0.3) rails3-generators rspec rspec-rails sass shoulda sqlite3-ruby unicorn webrat

    Read the article

  • nested iterator errors

    - by Sean
    //arrayList.h #include<iostream> #include<sstream> #include<string> #include<algorithm> #include<iterator> using namespace std; template<class T> class arrayList{ public: // constructor, copy constructor and destructor arrayList(int initialCapacity = 10); arrayList(const arrayList<T>&); ~arrayList() { delete[] element; } // ADT methods bool empty() const { return listSize == 0; } int size() const { return listSize; } T& get(int theIndex) const; int indexOf(const T& theElement) const; void erase(int theIndex); void insert(int theIndex, const T& theElement); void output(ostream& out) const; // additional method int capacity() const { return arrayLength; } void reverse(); // new defined // iterators to start and end of list class iterator; class seamlessPointer; seamlessPointer begin() { return seamlessPointer(element); } seamlessPointer end() { return seamlessPointer(element + listSize); } // iterator for arrayList class iterator { public: // typedefs required by C++ for a bidirectional iterator typedef bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category; typedef T value_type; typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; typedef T* pointer; typedef T& reference; // constructor iterator(T* thePosition = 0) { position = thePosition; } // dereferencing operators T& operator*() const { return *position; } T* operator->() const { return position; } // increment iterator& operator++() // preincrement { ++position; return *this; } iterator operator++(int) // postincrement { iterator old = *this; ++position; return old; } // decrement iterator& operator--() // predecrement { --position; return *this; } iterator operator--(int) // postdecrement { iterator old = *this; --position; return old; } // equality testing bool operator!=(const iterator right) const { return position != right.position; } bool operator==(const iterator right) const { return position == right.position; } protected: T* position; }; // end of iterator class class seamlessPointer: public arrayList<T>::iterator { // constructor seamlessPointer(T *thePosition) { iterator::position = thePosition; } //arithmetic operators seamlessPointer & operator+(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position += n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator+=(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position += n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator-(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position -= n; return *this; } seamlessPointer & operator-=(int n) { arrayList<T>::iterator::position -= n; return *this; } T& operator[](int n) { return arrayList<T>::iterator::position[n]; } bool operator<(seamlessPointer &rhs) { if(int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) < 0) return true; return false; } bool operator<=(seamlessPointer & rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) <= 0) return true; return false; } bool operator >(seamlessPointer & rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) > 0) return true; return false; } bool operator >=(seamlessPointer &rhs) { if (int(arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position) >= 0) return true; return false; } }; protected: // additional members of arrayList void checkIndex(int theIndex) const; // throw illegalIndex if theIndex invalid T* element; // 1D array to hold list elements int arrayLength; // capacity of the 1D array int listSize; // number of elements in list }; #endif //main.cpp #include<iostream> #include"arrayList.h" #include<fstream> #include<algorithm> #include<string> using namespace std; bool compare_nocase (string first, string second) { unsigned int i=0; while ( (i<first.length()) && (i<second.length()) ) { if (tolower(first[i])<tolower(second[i])) return true; else if (tolower(first[i])>tolower(second[i])) return false; ++i; } if (first.length()<second.length()) return true; else return false; } int main() { ifstream fin; ofstream fout; string str; arrayList<string> dict; fin.open("dictionary"); if (!fin.good()) { cout << "Unable to open file" << endl; return 1; } int k=0; while(getline(fin,str)) { dict.insert(k,str); // cout<<dict.get(k)<<endl; k++; } //sort the array sort(dict.begin, dict.end(),compare_nocase); fout.open("sortedDictionary"); if (!fout.good()) { cout << "Cannot create file" << endl; return 1; } dict.output(fout); fin.close(); return 0; } Two errors are: ..\src\test.cpp: In function 'int main()': ..\src\test.cpp:50:44: error: no matching function for call to 'sort(<unresolved overloaded function type>, arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer, bool (&)(std::string, std::string))' ..\src\/arrayList.h: In member function 'arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer arrayList<T>::end() [with T = std::basic_string<char>]': ..\src\test.cpp:50:28: instantiated from here ..\src\/arrayList.h:114:3: error: 'arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::seamlessPointer(T*) [with T = std::basic_string<char>]' is private ..\src\/arrayList.h:49:44: error: within this context Why do I get these errors? Update I add public: in the seamlessPointer class and change begin to begin() Then I got the following errors: ..\hw3prob2.cpp:50:46: instantiated from here c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:5250:4: error: no match for 'operator-' in '__last - __first' ..\/arrayList.h:129:21: note: candidate is: arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer& arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::operator-(int) [with T = std::basic_string<char>, arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer] c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:5252:4: instantiated from 'void std::sort(_RAIter, _RAIter, _Compare) [with _RAIter = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer, _Compare = bool (*)(std::basic_string<char>, std::basic_string<char>)]' ..\hw3prob2.cpp:50:46: instantiated from here c:\wascana\mingw\bin\../lib/gcc/mingw32/4.5.0/include/c++/bits/stl_algo.h:2190:7: error: no match for 'operator-' in '__last - __first' ..\/arrayList.h:129:21: note: candidate is: arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer& arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer::operator-(int) [with T = std::basic_string<char>, arrayList<T>::seamlessPointer = arrayList<std::basic_string<char> >::seamlessPointer] Then I add operator -() in the seamlessPointer class ptrdiff_t operator -(seamlessPointer &rhs) { return (arrayList<T>::iterator::position - rhs.position); } Then I compile successfully. But when I run it, I found memeory can not read error. I debug and step into and found the error happens in stl function template<typename _RandomAccessIterator, typename _Distance, typename _Tp, typename _Compare> void __adjust_heap(_RandomAccessIterator __first, _Distance __holeIndex, _Distance __len, _Tp __value, _Compare __comp) { const _Distance __topIndex = __holeIndex; _Distance __secondChild = __holeIndex; while (__secondChild < (__len - 1) / 2) { __secondChild = 2 * (__secondChild + 1); if (__comp(*(__first + __secondChild), *(__first + (__secondChild - 1)))) __secondChild--; *(__first + __holeIndex) = _GLIBCXX_MOVE(*(__first + __secondChild)); ////// stop here __holeIndex = __secondChild; } Of course, there must be something wrong with the customized operators of iterator. Does anyone know the possible reason? Thank you.

    Read the article

  • how to export bind and keyframe bone poses from blender to use in OpenGL

    - by SaldaVonSchwartz
    EDIT: I decided to reformulate the question in much simpler terms to see if someone can give me a hand with this. Basically, I'm exporting meshes, skeletons and actions from blender into an engine of sorts that I'm working on. But I'm getting the animations wrong. I can tell the basic motion paths are being followed but there's always an axis of translation or rotation which is wrong. I think the problem is most likely not in my engine code (OpenGL-based) but rather in either my misunderstanding of some part of the theory behind skeletal animation / skinning or the way I am exporting the appropriate joint matrices from blender in my exporter script. I'll explain the theory, the engine animation system and my blender export script, hoping someone might catch the error in either or all of these. The theory: (I'm using column-major ordering since that's what I use in the engine cause it's OpenGL-based) Assume I have a mesh made up of a single vertex v, along with a transformation matrix M which takes the vertex v from the mesh's local space to world space. That is, if I was to render the mesh without a skeleton, the final position would be gl_Position = ProjectionMatrix * M * v. Now assume I have a skeleton with a single joint j in bind / rest pose. j is actually another matrix. A transform from j's local space to its parent space which I'll denote Bj. if j was part of a joint hierarchy in the skeleton, Bj would take from j space to j-1 space (that is to its parent space). However, in this example j is the only joint, so Bj takes from j space to world space, like M does for v. Now further assume I have a a set of frames, each with a second transform Cj, which works the same as Bj only that for a different, arbitrary spatial configuration of join j. Cj still takes vertices from j space to world space but j is rotated and/or translated and/or scaled. Given the above, in order to skin vertex v at keyframe n. I need to: take v from world space to joint j space modify j (while v stays fixed in j space and is thus taken along in the transformation) take v back from the modified j space to world space So the mathematical implementation of the above would be: v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v. Actually, I have one doubt here.. I said the mesh to which v belongs has a transform M which takes from model space to world space. And I've also read in a couple textbooks that it needs to be transformed from model space to joint space. But I also said in 1 that v needs to be transformed from world to joint space. So basically I'm not sure if I need to do v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v or v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * M * v. Right now my implementation multiples v' by M and not v. But I've tried changing this and it just screws things up in a different way cause there's something else wrong. Finally, If we wanted to skin a vertex to a joint j1 which in turn is a child of a joint j0, Bj1 would be Bj0 * Bj1 and Cj1 would be Cj0 * Cj1. But Since skinning is defined as v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v , Bj1^-1 would be the reverse concatenation of the inverses making up the original product. That is, v' = Cj0 * Cj1 * Bj1^-1 * Bj0^-1 * v Now on to the implementation (Blender side): Assume the following mesh made up of 1 cube, whose vertices are bound to a single joint in a single-joint skeleton: Assume also there's a 60-frame, 3-keyframe animation at 60 fps. The animation essentially is: keyframe 0: the joint is in bind / rest pose (the way you see it in the image). keyframe 30: the joint translates up (+z in blender) some amount and at the same time rotates pi/4 rad clockwise. keyframe 59: the joint goes back to the same configuration it was in keyframe 0. My first source of confusion on the blender side is its coordinate system (as opposed to OpenGL's default) and the different matrices accessible through the python api. Right now, this is what my export script does about translating blender's coordinate system to OpenGL's standard system: # World transform: Blender -> OpenGL worldTransform = Matrix().Identity(4) worldTransform *= Matrix.Scale(-1, 4, (0,0,1)) worldTransform *= Matrix.Rotation(radians(90), 4, "X") # Mesh (local) transform matrix file.write('Mesh Transform:\n') localTransform = mesh.matrix_local.copy() localTransform = worldTransform * localTransform for col in localTransform.col: file.write('{:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3])) file.write('\n') So if you will, my "world" matrix is basically the act of changing blenders coordinate system to the default GL one with +y up, +x right and -z into the viewing volume. Then I also premultiply (in the sense that it's done by the time we reach the engine, not in the sense of post or pre in terms of matrix multiplication order) the mesh matrix M so that I don't need to multiply it again once per draw call in the engine. About the possible matrices to extract from Blender joints (bones in Blender parlance), I'm doing the following: For joint bind poses: def DFSJointTraversal(file, skeleton, jointList): for joint in jointList: bindPoseJoint = skeleton.data.bones[joint.name] bindPoseTransform = bindPoseJoint.matrix_local.inverted() file.write('Joint ' + joint.name + ' Transform {\n') translationV = bindPoseTransform.to_translation() rotationQ = bindPoseTransform.to_3x3().to_quaternion() scaleV = bindPoseTransform.to_scale() file.write('T {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(translationV[0], translationV[1], translationV[2])) file.write('Q {:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(rotationQ[1], rotationQ[2], rotationQ[3], rotationQ[0])) file.write('S {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(scaleV[0], scaleV[1], scaleV[2])) DFSJointTraversal(file, skeleton, joint.children) file.write('}\n') Note that I'm actually grabbing the inverse of what I think is the bind pose transform Bj. This is so I don't need to invert it in the engine. Also note I went for matrix_local, assuming this is Bj. The other option is plain "matrix", which as far as I can tell is the same only that not homogeneous. For joint current / keyframe poses: for kfIndex in keyframes: bpy.context.scene.frame_set(kfIndex) file.write('keyframe: {:d}\n'.format(int(kfIndex))) for i in range(0, len(skeleton.data.bones)): file.write('joint: {:d}\n'.format(i)) currentPoseJoint = skeleton.pose.bones[i] currentPoseTransform = currentPoseJoint.matrix translationV = currentPoseTransform.to_translation() rotationQ = currentPoseTransform.to_3x3().to_quaternion() scaleV = currentPoseTransform.to_scale() file.write('T {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(translationV[0], translationV[1], translationV[2])) file.write('Q {:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(rotationQ[1], rotationQ[2], rotationQ[3], rotationQ[0])) file.write('S {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(scaleV[0], scaleV[1], scaleV[2])) file.write('\n') Note that here I go for skeleton.pose.bones instead of data.bones and that I have a choice of 3 matrices: matrix, matrix_basis and matrix_channel. From the descriptions in the python API docs I'm not super clear which one I should choose, though I think it's the plain matrix. Also note I do not invert the matrix in this case. The implementation (Engine / OpenGL side): My animation subsystem does the following on each update (I'm omitting parts of the update loop where it's figured out which objects need update and time is hardcoded here for simplicity): static double time = 0; time = fmod((time + elapsedTime),1.); uint16_t LERPKeyframeNumber = 60 * time; uint16_t lkeyframeNumber = 0; uint16_t lkeyframeIndex = 0; uint16_t rkeyframeNumber = 0; uint16_t rkeyframeIndex = 0; for (int i = 0; i < aClip.keyframesCount; i++) { uint16_t keyframeNumber = aClip.keyframes[i].number; if (keyframeNumber <= LERPKeyframeNumber) { lkeyframeIndex = i; lkeyframeNumber = keyframeNumber; } else { rkeyframeIndex = i; rkeyframeNumber = keyframeNumber; break; } } double lTime = lkeyframeNumber / 60.; double rTime = rkeyframeNumber / 60.; double blendFactor = (time - lTime) / (rTime - lTime); GLKMatrix4 bindPosePalette[aSkeleton.jointsCount]; GLKMatrix4 currentPosePalette[aSkeleton.jointsCount]; for (int i = 0; i < aSkeleton.jointsCount; i++) { F3DETQSType& lPose = aClip.keyframes[lkeyframeIndex].skeletonPose.joints[i]; F3DETQSType& rPose = aClip.keyframes[rkeyframeIndex].skeletonPose.joints[i]; GLKVector3 LERPTranslation = GLKVector3Lerp(lPose.t, rPose.t, blendFactor); GLKQuaternion SLERPRotation = GLKQuaternionSlerp(lPose.q, rPose.q, blendFactor); GLKVector3 LERPScaling = GLKVector3Lerp(lPose.s, rPose.s, blendFactor); GLKMatrix4 currentTransform = GLKMatrix4MakeWithQuaternion(SLERPRotation); currentTransform = GLKMatrix4TranslateWithVector3(currentTransform, LERPTranslation); currentTransform = GLKMatrix4ScaleWithVector3(currentTransform, LERPScaling); GLKMatrix4 inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4MakeWithQuaternion(aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.q); inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4TranslateWithVector3(inverseBindTransform, aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.t); inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4ScaleWithVector3(inverseBindTransform, aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.s); if (aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex == -1) { bindPosePalette[i] = inverseBindTransform; currentPosePalette[i] = currentTransform; } else { bindPosePalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(inverseBindTransform, bindPosePalette[aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex]); currentPosePalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(currentPosePalette[aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex], currentTransform); } aSkeleton.skinningPalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(currentPosePalette[i], bindPosePalette[i]); } Finally, this is my vertex shader: #version 100 uniform mat4 modelMatrix; uniform mat3 normalMatrix; uniform mat4 projectionMatrix; uniform mat4 skinningPalette[6]; uniform lowp float skinningEnabled; attribute vec4 position; attribute vec3 normal; attribute vec2 tCoordinates; attribute vec4 jointsWeights; attribute vec4 jointsIndices; varying highp vec2 tCoordinatesVarying; varying highp float lIntensity; void main() { tCoordinatesVarying = tCoordinates; vec4 skinnedVertexPosition = vec4(0.); for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { skinnedVertexPosition += jointsWeights[i] * skinningPalette[int(jointsIndices[i])] * position; } vec4 skinnedNormal = vec4(0.); for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { skinnedNormal += jointsWeights[i] * skinningPalette[int(jointsIndices[i])] * vec4(normal, 0.); } vec4 finalPosition = mix(position, skinnedVertexPosition, skinningEnabled); vec4 finalNormal = mix(vec4(normal, 0.), skinnedNormal, skinningEnabled); vec3 eyeNormal = normalize(normalMatrix * finalNormal.xyz); vec3 lightPosition = vec3(0., 0., 2.); lIntensity = max(0.0, dot(eyeNormal, normalize(lightPosition))); gl_Position = projectionMatrix * modelMatrix * finalPosition; } The result is that the animation displays wrong in terms of orientation. That is, instead of bobbing up and down it bobs in and out (along what I think is the Z axis according to my transform in the export clip). And the rotation angle is counterclockwise instead of clockwise. If I try with a more than one joint, then it's almost as if the second joint rotates in it's own different coordinate space and does not follow 100% its parent's transform. Which I assume it should from my animation subsystem which I assume in turn follows the theory I explained for the case of more than one joint. Any thoughts?

    Read the article

  • Can't build pyxpcom on OS X 10.6

    - by Gj
    I've been following these instructions at https://developer.mozilla.org/en/Building_PyXPCOM but getting this: $ make make export make[2]: Nothing to be done for `export'. make[4]: Nothing to be done for `export'. make[4]: Nothing to be done for `export'. /opt/local/bin/python2.5 ../../../src/config/nsinstall.py -L /usr/local/pyxpcom/build/xpcom/src -m 644 ../../../src/xpcom/src/PyXPCOM.h ../../dist/include make[3]: Nothing to be done for `export'. /opt/local/bin/python2.5 ../../../../src/config/nsinstall.py -D ../../../dist/idl /opt/local/bin/python2.5 ../../../../src/config/nsinstall.py -D ../../../dist/idl make[4]: *** No rule to make target `_xpidlgen/py_test_component.h', needed by `export'. Stop. make[3]: *** [export] Error 2 make[2]: *** [export] Error 2 make[1]: *** [export] Error 2 make: *** [default] Error 2 Any ideas? An interesting anomaly is that despite me setting the PYTHON env variable to Python 2.6, the configure and make both seem to go after the 2.5... Thanks for any advice! PS here's the configure output: $ ../src/configure --with-libxul-sdk=/Users/me/xulrunner-sdk/ loading cache ./config.cache checking host system type... i386-apple-darwin10.3.0 checking target system type... i386-apple-darwin10.3.0 checking build system type... i386-apple-darwin10.3.0 checking for mawk... (cached) gawk checking for perl5... (cached) /opt/local/bin/perl5 checking for gcc... (cached) gcc checking whether the C compiler (gcc ) works... yes checking whether the C compiler (gcc ) is a cross-compiler... no checking whether we are using GNU C... (cached) yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... (cached) yes checking for c++... (cached) c++ checking whether the C++ compiler (c++ ) works... yes checking whether the C++ compiler (c++ ) is a cross-compiler... no checking whether we are using GNU C++... (cached) yes checking whether c++ accepts -g... (cached) yes checking for ranlib... (cached) ranlib checking for as... (cached) /usr/bin/as checking for ar... (cached) ar checking for ld... (cached) ld checking for strip... (cached) strip checking for windres... no checking whether gcc and cc understand -c and -o together... (cached) yes checking how to run the C preprocessor... (cached) gcc -E checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... (cached) c++ -E checking for a BSD compatible install... (cached) /usr/bin/install -c checking whether ln -s works... (cached) yes checking for minimum required perl version >= 5.006... 5.008009 checking for full perl installation... yes checking for /opt/local/bin/python... (cached) /opt/local/bin/python2.5 checking for doxygen... (cached) : checking for whoami... (cached) /usr/bin/whoami checking for autoconf... (cached) /opt/local/bin/autoconf checking for unzip... (cached) /usr/bin/unzip checking for zip... (cached) /usr/bin/zip checking for makedepend... (cached) /opt/local/bin/makedepend checking for xargs... (cached) /usr/bin/xargs checking for pbbuild... (cached) /usr/bin/xcodebuild checking for sdp... (cached) /usr/bin/sdp checking for gmake... (cached) /opt/local/bin/gmake checking for X... (cached) no checking whether the compiler supports -Wno-invalid-offsetof... yes checking whether ld has archive extraction flags... (cached) no checking that static assertion macros used in autoconf tests work... (cached) yes checking for 64-bit OS... yes checking for minimum required Python version >= 2.4... yes checking for -dead_strip option to ld... yes checking for ANSI C header files... (cached) yes checking for working const... (cached) yes checking for mode_t... (cached) yes checking for off_t... (cached) yes checking for pid_t... (cached) yes checking for size_t... (cached) yes checking for st_blksize in struct stat... (cached) yes checking for siginfo_t... (cached) yes checking for int16_t... (cached) yes checking for int32_t... (cached) yes checking for int64_t... (cached) yes checking for int64... (cached) no checking for uint... (cached) yes checking for uint_t... (cached) no checking for uint16_t... (cached) no checking for uname.domainname... (cached) no checking for uname.__domainname... (cached) no checking for usable char16_t (2 bytes, unsigned)... (cached) no checking for usable wchar_t (2 bytes, unsigned)... (cached) no checking for compiler -fshort-wchar option... (cached) yes checking for visibility(hidden) attribute... (cached) yes checking for visibility(default) attribute... (cached) yes checking for visibility pragma support... (cached) yes checking For gcc visibility bug with class-level attributes (GCC bug 26905)... (cached) yes checking For x86_64 gcc visibility bug with builtins (GCC bug 20297)... (cached) no checking for dirent.h that defines DIR... (cached) yes checking for opendir in -ldir... (cached) no checking for sys/byteorder.h... (cached) no checking for compat.h... (cached) no checking for getopt.h... (cached) yes checking for sys/bitypes.h... (cached) no checking for memory.h... (cached) yes checking for unistd.h... (cached) yes checking for gnu/libc-version.h... (cached) no checking for nl_types.h... (cached) yes checking for malloc.h... (cached) no checking for X11/XKBlib.h... (cached) yes checking for io.h... (cached) no checking for sys/statvfs.h... (cached) yes checking for sys/statfs.h... (cached) no checking for sys/vfs.h... (cached) no checking for sys/mount.h... (cached) yes checking for sys/quota.h... (cached) yes checking for mmintrin.h... (cached) yes checking for new... (cached) yes checking for sys/cdefs.h... (cached) yes checking for gethostbyname_r in -lc_r... (cached) no checking for dladdr... (cached) yes checking for socket in -lsocket... (cached) no checking whether mmap() sees write()s... yes checking whether gcc needs -traditional... (cached) no checking for 8-bit clean memcmp... (cached) yes checking for random... (cached) yes checking for strerror... (cached) yes checking for lchown... (cached) yes checking for fchmod... (cached) yes checking for snprintf... (cached) yes checking for statvfs... (cached) yes checking for memmove... (cached) yes checking for rint... (cached) yes checking for stat64... (cached) yes checking for lstat64... (cached) yes checking for truncate64... (cached) no checking for statvfs64... (cached) no checking for setbuf... (cached) yes checking for isatty... (cached) yes checking for flockfile... (cached) yes checking for getpagesize... (cached) yes checking for localtime_r... (cached) yes checking for strtok_r... (cached) yes checking for wcrtomb... (cached) yes checking for mbrtowc... (cached) yes checking for res_ninit()... (cached) no checking for gnu_get_libc_version()... (cached) no ../src/configure: line 9881: AM_LANGINFO_CODESET: command not found checking for an implementation of va_copy()... (cached) yes checking for an implementation of __va_copy()... (cached) yes checking whether va_lists can be copied by value... (cached) no checking for C++ exceptions flag... (cached) -fno-exceptions checking for gcc 3.0 ABI... (cached) yes checking for C++ "explicit" keyword... (cached) yes checking for C++ "typename" keyword... (cached) yes checking for modern C++ template specialization syntax support... (cached) yes checking whether partial template specialization works... (cached) yes checking whether operators must be re-defined for templates derived from templates... (cached) no checking whether we need to cast a derived template to pass as its base class... (cached) no checking whether the compiler can resolve const ambiguities for templates... (cached) yes checking whether the C++ "using" keyword can change access... (cached) yes checking whether the C++ "using" keyword resolves ambiguity... (cached) yes checking for "std::" namespace... (cached) yes checking whether standard template operator!=() is ambiguous... (cached) unambiguous checking for C++ reinterpret_cast... (cached) yes checking for C++ dynamic_cast to void*... (cached) yes checking whether C++ requires implementation of unused virtual methods... (cached) yes checking for trouble comparing to zero near std::operator!=()... (cached) no checking for LC_MESSAGES... (cached) yes checking for tar archiver... checking for gnutar... (cached) gnutar gnutar checking for wget... checking for wget... (cached) wget wget checking for valid optimization flags... yes checking for gcc -pipe support... yes checking whether compiler supports -Wno-long-long... yes checking whether C compiler supports -fprofile-generate... yes checking for correct temporary object destruction order... yes checking for correct overload resolution with const and templates... no Building Python extensions using python-2.5 from /opt/local/Library/Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/2.5 creating ./config.status creating config/autoconf.mk creating Makefile creating xpcom/Makefile creating xpcom/src/Makefile creating xpcom/src/loader/Makefile creating xpcom/src/module/Makefile creating xpcom/components/Makefile creating xpcom/test/Makefile creating xpcom/test/test_component/Makefile creating dom/Makefile creating dom/src/Makefile creating dom/test/Makefile creating dom/test/pyxultest/Makefile creating dom/nsdom/Makefile creating dom/nsdom/test/Makefile

    Read the article

  • Trying to find USB device on iphone with IOKit.framework

    - by HuGeek
    Hi all, i'm working on a project were i need the usb port to communicate with a external device. I have been looking for exemple on the net (Apple and /developer/IOKit/usb exemple) and trying some other but i can't even find the device. In my code i blocking at the place where the fucntion looks for a next iterator (pointer in fact) with the function getNextIterator but never returns a good value so the code is blocking. By the way i am using toolchain and added IOKit.framework in my project. All i what right now is the communicate or do like a ping to someone on the USB bus!! I blocking in the 'FindDevice'....i can't manage to enter in the while because the variable usbDevice is always = to 0....i have tested my code in a small mac program and it works... Thanks Here is my code : IOReturn ConfigureDevice(IOUSBDeviceInterface **dev) { UInt8 numConfig; IOReturn result; IOUSBConfigurationDescriptorPtr configDesc; //Get the number of configurations result = (*dev)->GetNumberOfConfigurations(dev, &numConfig); if (!numConfig) { return -1; } // Get the configuration descriptor result = (*dev)->GetConfigurationDescriptorPtr(dev, 0, &configDesc); if (result) { NSLog(@"Couldn't get configuration descriptior for index %d (err=%08x)\n", 0, result); return -1; } ifdef OSX_DEBUG NSLog(@"Number of Configurations: %d\n", numConfig); endif // Configure the device result = (*dev)->SetConfiguration(dev, configDesc->bConfigurationValue); if (result) { NSLog(@"Unable to set configuration to value %d (err=%08x)\n", 0, result); return -1; } return kIOReturnSuccess; } IOReturn FindInterfaces(IOUSBDeviceInterface *dev, IOUSBInterfaceInterface **itf) { IOReturn kr; IOUSBFindInterfaceRequest request; io_iterator_t iterator; io_service_t usbInterface; IOUSBInterfaceInterface **intf = NULL; IOCFPlugInInterface **plugInInterface = NULL; HRESULT res; SInt32 score; UInt8 intfClass; UInt8 intfSubClass; UInt8 intfNumEndpoints; int pipeRef; CFRunLoopSourceRef runLoopSource; NSLog(@"Debut FindInterfaces \n"); request.bInterfaceClass = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bInterfaceSubClass = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bInterfaceProtocol = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bAlternateSetting = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; kr = (*dev)->CreateInterfaceIterator(dev, &request, &iterator); usbInterface = IOIteratorNext(iterator); IOObjectRelease(iterator); NSLog(@"Interface found.\n"); kr = IOCreatePlugInInterfaceForService(usbInterface, kIOUSBInterfaceUserClientTypeID, kIOCFPlugInInterfaceID, &plugInInterface, &score); kr = IOObjectRelease(usbInterface); // done with the usbInterface object now that I have the plugin if ((kIOReturnSuccess != kr) || !plugInInterface) { NSLog(@"unable to create a plugin (%08x)\n", kr); return -1; } // I have the interface plugin. I need the interface interface res = (*plugInInterface)->QueryInterface(plugInInterface, CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes(kIOUSBInterfaceInterfaceID), (LPVOID*) &intf); (*plugInInterface)->Release(plugInInterface); // done with this if (res || !intf) { NSLog(@"couldn't create an IOUSBInterfaceInterface (%08x)\n", (int) res); return -1; } // Now open the interface. This will cause the pipes to be instantiated that are // associated with the endpoints defined in the interface descriptor. kr = (*intf)->USBInterfaceOpen(intf); if (kIOReturnSuccess != kr) { NSLog(@"unable to open interface (%08x)\n", kr); (void) (*intf)->Release(intf); return -1; } kr = (*intf)->CreateInterfaceAsyncEventSource(intf, &runLoopSource); if (kIOReturnSuccess != kr) { NSLog(@"unable to create async event source (%08x)\n", kr); (void) (*intf)->USBInterfaceClose(intf); (void) (*intf)->Release(intf); return -1; } CFRunLoopAddSource(CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), runLoopSource, kCFRunLoopDefaultMode); if (!intf) { NSLog(@"Interface is NULL!\n"); } else { *itf = intf; } NSLog(@"End of FindInterface \n \n"); return kr; } unsigned int FindDevice(void *refCon, io_iterator_t iterator) { kern_return_t kr; io_service_t usbDevice; IOCFPlugInInterface **plugInInterface = NULL; HRESULT result; SInt32 score; UInt16 vendor; UInt16 product; UInt16 release; unsigned int count = 0; NSLog(@"Searching Device....\n"); while (usbDevice = IOIteratorNext(iterator)) { // create intermediate plug-in NSLog(@"Found a device!\n"); kr = IOCreatePlugInInterfaceForService(usbDevice, kIOUSBDeviceUserClientTypeID, kIOCFPlugInInterfaceID, &plugInInterface, &score); kr = IOObjectRelease(usbDevice); if ((kIOReturnSuccess != kr) || !plugInInterface) { NSLog(@"Unable to create a plug-in (%08x)\n", kr); continue; } // Now create the device interface result = (*plugInInterface)->QueryInterface(plugInInterface, CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes(kIOUSBDeviceInterfaceID), (LPVOID)&dev); // Don't need intermediate Plug-In Interface (*plugInInterface)->Release(plugInInterface); if (result || !dev) { NSLog(@"Couldn't create a device interface (%08x)\n", (int)result); continue; } // check these values for confirmation kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceVendor(dev, &vendor); kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceProduct(dev, &product); //kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceReleaseNumber(dev, &release); //if ((vendor != LegoUSBVendorID) || (product != LegoUSBProductID) || (release != LegoUSBRelease)) { if ((vendor != LegoUSBVendorID) || (product != LegoUSBProductID)) { NSLog(@"Found unwanted device (vendor = %d != %d, product = %d != %d, release = %d)\n", vendor, kUSBVendorID, product, LegoUSBProductID, release); (void) (*dev)-Release(dev); continue; } // Open the device to change its state kr = (*dev)->USBDeviceOpen(dev); if (kr == kIOReturnSuccess) { count++; } else { NSLog(@"Unable to open device: %08x\n", kr); (void) (*dev)->Release(dev); continue; } // Configure device kr = ConfigureDevice(dev); if (kr != kIOReturnSuccess) { NSLog(@"Unable to configure device: %08x\n", kr); (void) (*dev)->USBDeviceClose(dev); (void) (*dev)->Release(dev); continue; } break; } return count; } // USB rcx Init IOUSBInterfaceInterface** osx_usb_rcx_init (void) { CFMutableDictionaryRef matchingDict; kern_return_t result; IOUSBInterfaceInterface **intf = NULL; unsigned int device_count = 0; // Create master handler result = IOMasterPort(MACH_PORT_NULL, &gMasterPort); if (result || !gMasterPort) { NSLog(@"ERR: Couldn't create master I/O Kit port(%08x)\n", result); return NULL; } else { NSLog(@"Created Master Port.\n"); NSLog(@"Master port 0x:08X \n \n", gMasterPort); } // Set up the matching dictionary for class IOUSBDevice and its subclasses matchingDict = IOServiceMatching(kIOUSBDeviceClassName); if (!matchingDict) { NSLog(@"Couldn't create a USB matching dictionary \n"); mach_port_deallocate(mach_task_self(), gMasterPort); return NULL; } else { NSLog(@"USB matching dictionary : %08X \n", matchingDict); } CFDictionarySetValue(matchingDict, CFSTR(kUSBVendorID), CFNumberCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kCFNumberShortType, &LegoUSBVendorID)); CFDictionarySetValue(matchingDict, CFSTR(kUSBProductID), CFNumberCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kCFNumberShortType, &LegoUSBProductID)); result = IOServiceGetMatchingServices(gMasterPort, matchingDict, &gRawAddedIter); matchingDict = 0; // this was consumed by the above call // Iterate over matching devices to access already present devices NSLog(@"RawAddedIter : 0x:%08X \n", &gRawAddedIter); device_count = FindDevice(NULL, gRawAddedIter); if (device_count == 1) { result = FindInterfaces(dev, &intf); if (kIOReturnSuccess != result) { NSLog(@"unable to find interfaces on device: %08x\n", result); (*dev)-USBDeviceClose(dev); (*dev)-Release(dev); return NULL; } // osx_usb_rcx_wakeup(intf); return intf; } else if (device_count 1) { NSLog(@"too many matching devices (%d) !\n", device_count); } else { NSLog(@"no matching devices found\n"); } return NULL; } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int returnCode; NSAutoreleasePool * pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSLog(@"Debut du programme \n \n"); osx_usb_rcx_init(); NSLog(@"Fin du programme \n \n"); return 0; // returnCode = UIApplicationMain(argc, argv, @"Untitled1App", @"Untitled1App"); // [pool release]; // return returnCode; }

    Read the article

  • Why can't HTC Droid running OTA 2.1 communicate with RFCOMM?

    - by Brad Hein
    Yesterday we received OTA Android 2.1 on my wife's HTC Droid - HOORAY!!! I am finally able to load my carputer app on her phone. Well we loaded it, but it doesn't work. Specifically, it connects but sees no I/O!!! I paired, re-paired, and re-paired again, every time its the same problem: connect() says we connected successfully, but any attempt to send or receive data appears to work but no data ever arrives in the input buffer. The device I'm connecting to uses AT commands. ATI should respond with a device ID. That works fine when I run the app on my Moto Droid, but on the HTC droid, no data is ever present in the inputstream/buffer. Personally, I'm feeling pretty sure it's a bug or limitation in this release for the HTC (because the app works great on my Moto A855 Droid). Can anybody comment on the issue? Obligatory code snippets: Member variable defining my RFCOMM UUID static final UUID UUID_RFCOMM_GENERIC = UUID.fromString("00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB"); Parts of my connect() // make sure peer is defined as a valid device based on their MAC. If not then do it. if (mBTDevice == null) mBTDevice = mBTAdapter.getRemoteDevice(mPeerMAC); // Make an RFCOMM binding. try {mBTSocket = mBTDevice.createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(UUID_RFCOMM_GENERIC); } catch (Exception e1) { msg ("connect(): Failed to bind to RFCOMM by UUID. msg=" + e1.getMessage()); return false; } msg ("connect(): Try to connect."); try { mBTSocket.connect(); } catch (Exception e) { msg ("connect(): Exception thrown during connect: " + e.getMessage()); return false; // there was a problem connecting... make a note of the particulars and move on. } msg ("connect(): CONNECTED!"); try { mBTOutputStream = mBTSocket.getOutputStream(); mBTInputStream = new BufferedInputStream (mBTSocket.getInputStream(),INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); //msg ("Connecting non-buffered input stream..."); //mBTInputStream = mBTSocket.getInputStream(); } catch (Exception e) { msg ("connect(): Error attaching i/o streams to socket. msg=" + e.getMessage()); return false; } resetErrorCounters(); setConnected(true); return true; } Then I send "ATI\r" and expect something like "CAN OBD II" but I get nothing. mBTInputStream.available(), it seems, is ALWAYS zero, even when data should be in the input buffer. There are GOBS of trace messages being generated by the OS as viewed with adb logcat -v time Some of the more interesting ones: 05-17 19:44:21.447 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): connected to device service! 05-17 19:44:21.447 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): Creating a BluetoothSpp proxy object 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort called! 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort checking uuid 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort UUID=00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb auth=true encrypt=true 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort enforcing bluetooth perm 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort creating a jbtlspp object 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort checking if the btl spp object is valid 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort try to create an spp container 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort try to create security params 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort Set Security L2 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort spp port create 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): create: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): Calling NativeJBtlSpp_Create 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Calling BTL_SPP_Remote_Create 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: BTL_SPP_Remote_Create returned 0, context:18 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Setting context value in jContext out parm 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Calling Java setValue(0x18) in context's class 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlProfileContext( 74): setValue: setValue called, value:24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): create_spp_port_data: will use context struct 0 for the port 24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): create_spp_port_data: spp port context 0 added 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create:Exiting Successfully 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Create, status=SUCCESS, Context = 24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlRbtlServices( 74): addUser: Entered, userRefCount = 1 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port create returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: UUID=00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable: BTL_SPP_Enable returned 0 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Enable, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port enable returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connectPort called! 05-17 19:44:21.497 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connectPort received bdaddress:00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): Trying to connect to 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): setServiceName: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName: native func returned 0 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After setServiceName, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): setServiceName: Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.557 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port setServiceName returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.587 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): connect: Entered connecting to 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.587 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect: BTL_SPP_Connect returned 2 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Connect, status=PENDING 05-17 19:44:21.747 D/AK8973 ( 61): Compass CLOSE 05-17 19:44:21.887 W/Process ( 74): Unable to open /proc/5749/status 05-17 19:44:21.917 I/ActivityManager( 74): Displayed activity com.gtosoft.dash/.Dash: 1279 ms (total 1279 ms) 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Calling Java Accessible Change callback 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): nativeAccessibleChange 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/BluetoothService( 74): Callback - accessbileChange, btErrCode = NO_ERROR, mode = CONNECTABLE_ONLY 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/BluetoothService( 74): Sending ACTION_SCAN_MODE_CHANGED intent, mode = 21 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: context: 1, errCode: 0 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Calling Java Link Connect Confirmation callback 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): nativeLinkConnectCnf 05-17 19:44:24.107 D/BluetoothService( 74): Callback - linkConnectCnf, btErrCode = NO_ERROR, bdAddr = 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.117 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.117 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Calling NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo 05-17 19:44:24.137 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.137 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo: Calling BTL_BMG_GetKnownDeviceInfo 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmgJniKnownDeviceInfo( 74): setValues: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo:Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: After NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothService( 74): onRemoteDeviceConnected, device 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B is Paired 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothService( 74): Sending ACTION_ACL_CONNECTED intent, address = 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothA2dpService( 74): Received intent with action: android.bluetooth.device.action.ACL_CONNECTED 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.757 D/JBtlAg ( 163): setIndicatorValue: entered 05-17 19:44:24.767 I/JBtlAg ( 163): After NativeJBtlAg_SetIndicatorValue, status = SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.767 D/JBtlAg ( 163): setIndicatorValue: exiting 05-17 19:44:24.807 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.807 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: status: 0 context:24 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): nativeCb_open: Entered from 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): nativeCb_open: Calling callback 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connected called! 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): connect: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port connect returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_MODEM_STATUS_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_MODEM_STATUS_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.424 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): writeSync called! 05-17 19:44:25.424 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.427 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.427 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: BTL_SPP_WriteSync returned 0 written: 6 total: 0/6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: status: 0 context:24 txDataLen:6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Exiting ok 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: written 6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative:Exiting with 0 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: returning 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After write, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): written 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 1 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 5 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 10 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 7 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:27.930 W/ActivityManager( 74): Activity destroy timeout for HistoryRecord{447e0d48 com.gtosoft.dash/.Dash} 05-17 19:44:29.907 D/dalvikvm( 448): GC freed 78 objects / 3664 bytes in 153ms 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): writeSync called! 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.927 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: BTL_SPP_WriteSync returned 0 written: 6 total: 0/6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: status: 0 context:24 txDataLen:6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Exiting ok 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: written 6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative:Exiting with 0 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: returning 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After write, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Exiting

    Read the article

  • Why would a WebService return nulls when the actual service returns data?

    - by Jerry
    I have a webservice (out of my control) that I have to talk to. I also have a packet-sniffer on the line, and (SURPRISE!!!) the developers of the webservice aren't lying. They are actually sending back all of the data that I requested. But the web-service code that is auto-generated from the WSDL file is giving me "null" as a value. I used their WSDL file to generate my Web Reference. I checked my data types with the datatypes that the WSDL file has declared. And I used the code as listed below to perform the calls: DT_MaterialMaster_LookupRequest req = new DT_MaterialMaster_LookupRequest(); req.MaterialNumber = "101*"; req.DocumentNo = ""; req.Description = "Pipe*"; req.Plant = "0000"; MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_OBService srv = new MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_OBService(); DT_MaterialMaster_Response resp = srv.MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_OB(new DT_MaterialMaster_LookupRequest[] { req }); // Note that the response here is ALWAYS null!! Console.WriteLine(resp.Status); The resp object is an actual object. It was generated properly. However, the Status and MaterialData fields are always null. When I call the web service, I've placed a packet-sniffer on the line, and I can see that I've sent the following (linebreaks and indentions for my own sanity): <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <soap:Envelope xmlns:soap="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <soap:Body> <MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup xmlns="http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch"> <Request xmlns=""> <MaterialNumber>101*</MaterialNumber> <Description>Pipe*</Description> <DocumentNo /> <Plant>0000</Plant> </Request> </MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup> </soap:Body> </soap:Envelope> The response that they send back SEEMS to be a valid response (linebreaks and indentions for my own sanity): <SOAP:Envelope xmlns:SOAP='http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/'> <SOAP:Header /> <SOAP:Body> <n0:MT_MaterialMaster_Response xmlns:n0='http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch' xmlns:prx='urn:SomeCompany.com:proxy:BRD:/1SAI/TAS4FE14A2DE960D61219AE:701:2009/02/10'> <Response> <Status>No Rows Found</Status> <MaterialData /> </Response> </n0:MT_MaterialMaster_Response> </SOAP:Body> </SOAP:Envelope> The status shows that it actually received data... but the resp.Status and resp.MaterialData fields are always null. What have I done wrong? UPDATE: The WSDL file is defined as: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <wsdl:definitions xmlns:p1="http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch" name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OB" targetNamespace="http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch" xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/"> <wsdl:types> <xsd:schema xmlns="http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch" targetNamespace="http://MyCompany.com/SomeCompany/mm/MaterialMasterSearch" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <xsd:element name="MT_MaterialMaster_Response" type="p1:DT_MaterialMaster_Response" /> <xsd:element name="MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup" type="p1:DT_MaterialMaster_Lookup" /> <xsd:complexType name="DT_MaterialMaster_Response"> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="Status" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">d48d03b040af11df99e300145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element maxOccurs="unbounded" name="MaterialData"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa040a511df843700145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element name="MaterialNumber" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa140a511df848500145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Description" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa240a511df95bf00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="DocumentNo" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa340a511dfb23700145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="UOM" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">3b5f14c040a611df9fbe00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Hierarchy" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa440a511dfc65b00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Plant" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">d48d03b140af11dfb78e00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Procurement" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">d48d03b240af11dfb87b00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> <xsd:complexType name="DT_MaterialMaster_Lookup"> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element maxOccurs="unbounded" name="Request"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa040a511df843700145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:sequence> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="MaterialNumber" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa140a511df848500145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Description" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa240a511df95bf00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="DocumentNo" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa340a511dfb23700145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> <xsd:element minOccurs="0" name="Plant" type="xsd:string"> <xsd:annotation> <xsd:appinfo source="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/TextID">64908aa440a511dfc65b00145eccb24e</xsd:appinfo> </xsd:annotation> </xsd:element> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> </xsd:sequence> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:schema> </wsdl:types> <wsdl:message name="MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup"> <wsdl:part name="MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup" element="p1:MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup" /> </wsdl:message> <wsdl:message name="MT_MaterialMaster_Response"> <wsdl:part name="MT_MaterialMaster_Response" element="p1:MT_MaterialMaster_Response" /> </wsdl:message> <wsdl:portType name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OB"> <wsdl:operation name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OB"> <wsdl:input message="p1:MT_MaterialMaster_Lookup" /> <wsdl:output message="p1:MT_MaterialMaster_Response" /> </wsdl:operation> </wsdl:portType> <wsdl:binding name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OBBinding" type="p1:MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OB"> <binding transport="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/http" xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" /> <wsdl:operation name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OB"> <operation soapAction="http://SomeCompany.com/xi/WebService/soap1.1" xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" /> <wsdl:input> <body use="literal" xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" /> </wsdl:input> <wsdl:output> <body use="literal" xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" /> </wsdl:output> </wsdl:operation> </wsdl:binding> <wsdl:service name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OBService"> <wsdl:port name="MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OBPort" binding="p1:MI_MaterialMaster_Lookup_AutoCAD_OBBinding"> <address location="http://bxdwas.MyCompany.com/XISOAPAdapter/MessageServlet?channel=:AutoCAD:SOAP_SND_Material_Lookup" xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" /> </wsdl:port> </wsdl:service> </wsdl:definitions>

    Read the article

  • Cache Class compilation error using parent-child relationships and cache sql storage

    - by Fred Altman
    I have the global listed below that I'm trying to create a couple of cache classes using sql stoarage for: ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1,1)="58407^^SMSNARE^58420" 2)="58407^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1)=3 ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1,1)="59707^^SSNARE^59708" 2)="59707^^MPHILLIPS^59910,58000^^^^" 3)="59707^59981^SSNARE^60117,53241^^^^" The first two subscripts of the global (Hmo and Keen) make a unique entry. The third subscript (Seq) has a property (IppLineCount) which is the number of IppLines in the fourth subscript level (Seq2). I create the class WIppProv below which is the parent class: /// <PRE> /// ============================ /// Generated Class Definition /// Table: WMCA_B_IPP_PROV /// Generated by: FXALTMAN /// Generated on: 05/21/2012 13:46:41 /// Generator: XWESTblClsGenV2 /// ---------------------------- /// </PRE> Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProv Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .HMO Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .KEEN Property Keen As %Integer; /// .SEQ Property Seq As %String; Property IppLineCount As %Integer; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq) [ IdKey, Unique ]; Relationship IppLines As XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine [ Cardinality = many, Inverse = relWIppProv ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <DataLocation>^WHEAIPP</DataLocation> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <Data name="IppLineCount"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <PopulationType>full</PopulationType> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } This class compiles fine. Next I created the WIppProvLine class listed below and made a parent-child relationship between the two: /// Used to represent a single line of IPP data Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .CLM_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 6<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Claim Operator field to /// define a whole claim dollar amount at which a particular claim should be /// flagged with a Pend status. Property ClmAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 8<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Clm Line Operator field to /// define a claim line dollar amount at which a particular claim should be flagged /// with a Pend status. Property ClmLineAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_OP node: 0 piece: 7<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim line dollars above, below, or equal to a set /// amount. Property ClmLineOp As %String; /// .CLM_OP node: 0 piece: 5<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim dollars above, below, or equal to a set amount. Property ClmOp As %String; Property EffDt As %Date; Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .IPP_REASON node: 0 piece: 10<BR> /// IPP Reason Code Property IppCode As %Integer; Property Keen As %Integer; /// .LAST_CHG_DT node: 0 piece: 4<BR> /// Last Changed Date Property LastChgDt As %Date; /// .PX_DX_CDE_FLAG node: 0 piece: 9<BR> /// A Flag to indicate whether or not Procedure Codes or Diagnosis Codes are to be /// associated with this SIU Flag Type Entry. If the Flag = Y, then control would /// jump to a new screen where the user can enter the necessary codes. Property PxDxCdeFlag As %String; Property Seq As %String; Property Seq2 As %String; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; /// .TERM_DT node: 0 piece: 2<BR> /// Term Date Property TermDt As %Date; /// .USER_INI node: 0 piece: 3 Property UserIni As %String; Relationship relWIppProv As XFXA.MCA.WIppProv [ Cardinality = one, Inverse = IppLines ]; Index relWIppProvIndex On relWIppProv; //Index NewIndex1 On (RelWIppProv, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <ConditionalWithHostVars></ConditionalWithHostVars> <Data name="ClmAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>6</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>8</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>7</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>5</Piece> </Data> <Data name="EffDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Data name="Hmo"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>11</Piece> </Data> <Data name="IppCode"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>10</Piece> </Data> <Data name="LastChgDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>4</Piece> </Data> <Data name="PxDxCdeFlag"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>9</Piece> </Data> <Data name="TermDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>2</Piece> </Data> <Data name="UserIni"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>3</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="4"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq2}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLineS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } When I try to compile this one I get the following error: ERROR #5502: Error compiling SQL Table 'XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine %msg: Table XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine has the following unmapped (not defined on the data map) fields: relWIppProv' ERROR #5030: An error occurred while compiling class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Detected 1 errors during compilation in 2.745s. What am I doing wrong? Thanks in Advance, Fred

    Read the article

  • undefined reference to function, despite giving reference in c

    - by Jamie Edwards
    I'm following a tutorial, but when it comes to compiling and linking the code I get the following error: /tmp/cc8gRrVZ.o: In function `main': main.c:(.text+0xa): undefined reference to `monitor_clear' main.c:(.text+0x16): undefined reference to `monitor_write' collect2: ld returned 1 exit status make: *** [obj/main.o] Error 1 What that is telling me is that I haven't defined both 'monitor_clear' and 'monitor_write'. But I have, in both the header and source files. They are as follows: monitor.c: // monitor.c -- Defines functions for writing to the monitor. // heavily based on Bran's kernel development tutorials, // but rewritten for JamesM's kernel tutorials. #include "monitor.h" // The VGA framebuffer starts at 0xB8000. u16int *video_memory = (u16int *)0xB8000; // Stores the cursor position. u8int cursor_x = 0; u8int cursor_y = 0; // Updates the hardware cursor. static void move_cursor() { // The screen is 80 characters wide... u16int cursorLocation = cursor_y * 80 + cursor_x; outb(0x3D4, 14); // Tell the VGA board we are setting the high cursor byte. outb(0x3D5, cursorLocation >> 8); // Send the high cursor byte. outb(0x3D4, 15); // Tell the VGA board we are setting the low cursor byte. outb(0x3D5, cursorLocation); // Send the low cursor byte. } // Scrolls the text on the screen up by one line. static void scroll() { // Get a space character with the default colour attributes. u8int attributeByte = (0 /*black*/ << 4) | (15 /*white*/ & 0x0F); u16int blank = 0x20 /* space */ | (attributeByte << 8); // Row 25 is the end, this means we need to scroll up if(cursor_y >= 25) { // Move the current text chunk that makes up the screen // back in the buffer by a line int i; for (i = 0*80; i < 24*80; i++) { video_memory[i] = video_memory[i+80]; } // The last line should now be blank. Do this by writing // 80 spaces to it. for (i = 24*80; i < 25*80; i++) { video_memory[i] = blank; } // The cursor should now be on the last line. cursor_y = 24; } } // Writes a single character out to the screen. void monitor_put(char c) { // The background colour is black (0), the foreground is white (15). u8int backColour = 0; u8int foreColour = 15; // The attribute byte is made up of two nibbles - the lower being the // foreground colour, and the upper the background colour. u8int attributeByte = (backColour << 4) | (foreColour & 0x0F); // The attribute byte is the top 8 bits of the word we have to send to the // VGA board. u16int attribute = attributeByte << 8; u16int *location; // Handle a backspace, by moving the cursor back one space if (c == 0x08 && cursor_x) { cursor_x--; } // Handle a tab by increasing the cursor's X, but only to a point // where it is divisible by 8. else if (c == 0x09) { cursor_x = (cursor_x+8) & ~(8-1); } // Handle carriage return else if (c == '\r') { cursor_x = 0; } // Handle newline by moving cursor back to left and increasing the row else if (c == '\n') { cursor_x = 0; cursor_y++; } // Handle any other printable character. else if(c >= ' ') { location = video_memory + (cursor_y*80 + cursor_x); *location = c | attribute; cursor_x++; } // Check if we need to insert a new line because we have reached the end // of the screen. if (cursor_x >= 80) { cursor_x = 0; cursor_y ++; } // Scroll the screen if needed. scroll(); // Move the hardware cursor. move_cursor(); } // Clears the screen, by copying lots of spaces to the framebuffer. void monitor_clear() { // Make an attribute byte for the default colours u8int attributeByte = (0 /*black*/ << 4) | (15 /*white*/ & 0x0F); u16int blank = 0x20 /* space */ | (attributeByte << 8); int i; for (i = 0; i < 80*25; i++) { video_memory[i] = blank; } // Move the hardware cursor back to the start. cursor_x = 0; cursor_y = 0; move_cursor(); } // Outputs a null-terminated ASCII string to the monitor. void monitor_write(char *c) { int i = 0; while (c[i]) { monitor_put(c[i++]); } } void monitor_write_hex(u32int n) { s32int tmp; monitor_write("0x"); char noZeroes = 1; int i; for (i = 28; i > 0; i -= 4) { tmp = (n >> i) & 0xF; if (tmp == 0 && noZeroes != 0) { continue; } if (tmp >= 0xA) { noZeroes = 0; monitor_put (tmp-0xA+'a' ); } else { noZeroes = 0; monitor_put( tmp+'0' ); } } tmp = n & 0xF; if (tmp >= 0xA) { monitor_put (tmp-0xA+'a'); } else { monitor_put (tmp+'0'); } } void monitor_write_dec(u32int n) { if (n == 0) { monitor_put('0'); return; } s32int acc = n; char c[32]; int i = 0; while (acc > 0) { c[i] = '0' + acc%10; acc /= 10; i++; } c[i] = 0; char c2[32]; c2[i--] = 0; int j = 0; while(i >= 0) { c2[i--] = c[j++]; } monitor_write(c2); } monitor.h: // monitor.h -- Defines the interface for monitor.h // From JamesM's kernel development tutorials. #ifndef MONITOR_H #define MONITOR_H #include "common.h" // Write a single character out to the screen. void monitor_put(char c); // Clear the screen to all black. void monitor_clear(); // Output a null-terminated ASCII string to the monitor. void monitor_write(char *c); #endif // MONITOR_H common.c: // common.c -- Defines some global functions. // From JamesM's kernel development tutorials. #include "common.h" // Write a byte out to the specified port. void outb ( u16int port, u8int value ) { asm volatile ( "outb %1, %0" : : "dN" ( port ), "a" ( value ) ); } u8int inb ( u16int port ) { u8int ret; asm volatile ( "inb %1, %0" : "=a" ( ret ) : "dN" ( port ) ); return ret; } u16int inw ( u16int port ) { u16int ret; asm volatile ( "inw %1, %0" : "=a" ( ret ) : "dN" ( port ) ); return ret; } // Copy len bytes from src to dest. void memcpy(u8int *dest, const u8int *src, u32int len) { const u8int *sp = ( const u8int * ) src; u8int *dp = ( u8int * ) dest; for ( ; len != 0; len-- ) *dp++ =*sp++; } // Write len copies of val into dest. void memset(u8int *dest, u8int val, u32int len) { u8int *temp = ( u8int * ) dest; for ( ; len != 0; len-- ) *temp++ = val; } // Compare two strings. Should return -1 if // str1 < str2, 0 if they are equal or 1 otherwise. int strcmp(char *str1, char *str2) { int i = 0; int failed = 0; while ( str1[i] != '\0' && str2[i] != '\0' ) { if ( str1[i] != str2[i] ) { failed = 1; break; } i++; } // Why did the loop exit? if ( ( str1[i] == '\0' && str2[i] != '\0' || (str1[i] != '\0' && str2[i] =='\0' ) ) failed =1; return failed; } // Copy the NULL-terminated string src into dest, and // return dest. char *strcpy(char *dest, const char *src) { do { *dest++ = *src++; } while ( *src != 0 ); } // Concatenate the NULL-terminated string src onto // the end of dest, and return dest. char *strcat(char *dest, const char *src) { while ( *dest != 0 ) { *dest = *dest++; } do { *dest++ = *src++; } while ( *src != 0 ); return dest; } common.h: // common.h -- Defines typedefs and some global functions. // From JamesM's kernel development tutorials. #ifndef COMMON_H #define COMMON_H // Some nice typedefs, to standardise sizes across platforms. // These typedefs are written for 32-bit x86. typedef unsigned int u32int; typedef int s32int; typedef unsigned short u16int; typedef short s16int; typedef unsigned char u8int; typedef char s8int; void outb ( u16int port, u8int value ); u8int inb ( u16int port ); u16int inw ( u16int port ); #endif //COMMON_H main.c: // main.c -- Defines the C-code kernel entry point, calls initialisation routines. // Made for JamesM's tutorials <www.jamesmolloy.co.uk> #include "monitor.h" int main(struct multiboot *mboot_ptr) { monitor_clear(); monitor_write ( "hello, world!" ); return 0; } here is my makefile: C_SOURCES= main.c monitor.c common.c S_SOURCES= boot.s C_OBJECTS=$(patsubst %.c, obj/%.o, $(C_SOURCES)) S_OBJECTS=$(patsubst %.s, obj/%.o, $(S_SOURCES)) CFLAGS=-nostdlib -nostdinc -fno-builtin -fno-stack-protector -m32 -Iheaders LDFLAGS=-Tlink.ld -melf_i386 --oformat=elf32-i386 ASFLAGS=-felf all: kern/kernel .PHONY: clean clean: -rm -f kern/kernel kern/kernel: $(S_OBJECTS) $(C_OBJECTS) ld $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $^ $(C_OBJECTS): obj/%.o : %.c gcc $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ vpath %.c source $(S_OBJECTS): obj/%.o : %.s nasm $(ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ vpath %.s asem Hopefully this will help you understand what is going wrong and how to fix it :L Thanks in advance. Jamie.

    Read the article

  • How to Make a Game like Space Invaders - Ray Wenderlich (why do my space invaders scroll off screen)

    - by Erv Noel
    I'm following this tutorial(http://www.raywenderlich.com/51068/how-to-make-a-game-like-space-invaders-with-sprite-kit-tutorial-part-1) and I've run into a problem right after the part where I add [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; to my GameScene.m file (specifically to my moveInvadersForUpdate method) The tutorial states that the space invaders should be moving accordingly after adding this piece of code but when I run they move to the left and they do not come back. I'm not sure what I am doing wrong as I have followed this tutorial very carefully. Any help or clarification would be greatly appreciated. Thanks in advance ! Here is the full GameScene.m #import "GameScene.h" #import <CoreMotion/CoreMotion.h> #pragma mark - Custom Type Definitions /* The type definition and constant definitions 1,2,3 take care of the following tasks: 1.Define the possible types of invader enemies. This can be used in switch statements later when things like displaying different sprites images for each enemy type. The typedef makes InvaderType a formal Obj-C type that is type checked for method arguments and variables.This is so that the wrong method argument is not used or assigned to the wrong variable. 2. Define the size of the invaders and that they'll be laid out in a grid of rows and columns on the screen. 3. Define a name that will be used to identify invaders when searching for them. */ //1 typedef enum InvaderType { InvaderTypeA, InvaderTypeB, InvaderTypeC } InvaderType; /* Invaders move in a fixed pattern: right, right, down, left, down, right right. InvaderMovementDirection tracks the invaders' progress through this pattern */ typedef enum InvaderMovementDirection { InvaderMovementDirectionRight, InvaderMovementDirectionLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionNone } InvaderMovementDirection; //2 #define kInvaderSize CGSizeMake(24,16) #define kInvaderGridSpacing CGSizeMake(12,12) #define kInvaderRowCount 6 #define kInvaderColCount 6 //3 #define kInvaderName @"invader" #define kShipSize CGSizeMake(30, 16) //stores the size of the ship #define kShipName @"ship" // stores the name of the ship stored on the sprite node #define kScoreHudName @"scoreHud" #define kHealthHudName @"healthHud" /* this class extension allows you to add “private” properties to GameScene class, without revealing the properties to other classes or code. You still get the benefit of using Objective-C properties, but your GameScene state is stored internally and can’t be modified by other external classes. As well, it doesn’t clutter the namespace of datatypes that your other classes see. This class extension is used in the method didMoveToView */ #pragma mark - Private GameScene Properties @interface GameScene () @property BOOL contentCreated; @property InvaderMovementDirection invaderMovementDirection; @property NSTimeInterval timeOfLastMove; @property NSTimeInterval timePerMove; @end @implementation GameScene #pragma mark Object Lifecycle Management #pragma mark - Scene Setup and Content Creation /*This method simply invokes createContent using the BOOL property contentCreated to make sure you don’t create your scene’s content more than once. This property is defined in an Objective-C Class Extension found near the top of the file()*/ - (void)didMoveToView:(SKView *)view { if (!self.contentCreated) { [self createContent]; self.contentCreated = YES; } } - (void)createContent { //1 - Invaders begin by moving to the right self.invaderMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; //2 - Invaders take 1 sec for each move. Each step left, right or down // takes 1 second. self.timePerMove = 1.0; //3 - Invaders haven't moved yet, so set the time to zero self.timeOfLastMove = 0.0; [self setupInvaders]; [self setupShip]; [self setupHud]; } /* Creates an invade sprite of a given type 1. Use the invadeType parameterr to determine color of the invader 2. Call spriteNodeWithColor:size: of SKSpriteNode to alloc and init a sprite that renders as a rect of the given color invaderColor with size kInvaderSize */ -(SKNode*)makeInvaderOfType:(InvaderType)invaderType { //1 SKColor* invaderColor; switch (invaderType) { case InvaderTypeA: invaderColor = [SKColor redColor]; break; case InvaderTypeB: invaderColor = [SKColor greenColor]; break; case InvaderTypeC: invaderColor = [SKColor blueColor]; break; } //2 SKSpriteNode* invader = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:invaderColor size:kInvaderSize]; invader.name = kInvaderName; return invader; } -(void)setupInvaders { //1 - loop over the rows CGPoint baseOrigin = CGPointMake(kInvaderSize.width / 2, 180); for (NSUInteger row = 0; row < kInvaderRowCount; ++row) { //2 - Choose a single InvaderType for all invaders // in this row based on the row number InvaderType invaderType; if (row % 3 == 0) invaderType = InvaderTypeA; else if (row % 3 == 1) invaderType = InvaderTypeB; else invaderType = InvaderTypeC; //3 - Does some math to figure out where the first invader // in the row should be positioned CGPoint invaderPosition = CGPointMake(baseOrigin.x, row * (kInvaderGridSpacing.height + kInvaderSize.height) + baseOrigin.y); //4 - Loop over the columns for (NSUInteger col = 0; col < kInvaderColCount; ++col) { //5 - Create an invader for the current row and column and add it // to the scene SKNode* invader = [self makeInvaderOfType:invaderType]; invader.position = invaderPosition; [self addChild:invader]; //6 - update the invaderPosition so that it's correct for the //next invader invaderPosition.x += kInvaderSize.width + kInvaderGridSpacing.width; } } } -(void)setupShip { //1 - creates ship using makeShip. makeShip can easily be used later // to create another ship (ex. to set up more lives) SKNode* ship = [self makeShip]; //2 - Places the ship on the screen. In SpriteKit the origin is at the lower //left corner of the screen. The anchorPoint is based on a unit square with (0, 0) at the lower left of the sprite's area and (1, 1) at its top right. Since SKSpriteNode has a default anchorPoint of (0.5, 0.5), i.e., its center, the ship's position is the position of its center. Positioning the ship at kShipSize.height/2.0f means that half of the ship's height will protrude below its position and half above. If you check the math, you'll see that the ship's bottom aligns exactly with the bottom of the scene. ship.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width / 2.0f, kShipSize.height/2.0f); [self addChild:ship]; } -(SKNode*)makeShip { SKNode* ship = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:[SKColor greenColor] size:kShipSize]; ship.name = kShipName; return ship; } -(void)setupHud { //Sets the score label font to Courier SKLabelNode* scoreLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //1 - Give the score label a name so it becomes easy to find later when // the score needs to be updated. scoreLabel.name = kScoreHudName; scoreLabel.fontSize = 15; //2 - Color the score label green scoreLabel.fontColor = [SKColor greenColor]; scoreLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Score: %04u", 0]; //3 - Positions the score label near the top left corner of the screen scoreLabel.position = CGPointMake(20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.width/2, self.size.height - (20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:scoreLabel]; //Applies the font of the health label SKLabelNode* healthLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //4 - Give the health label a name so it can be referenced later when it needs // to be updated to display the health healthLabel.name = kHealthHudName; healthLabel.fontSize = 15; //5 - Colors the health label red healthLabel.fontColor = [SKColor redColor]; healthLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Health: %.1f%%", 100.0f]; //6 - Positions the health Label on the upper right hand side of the screen healthLabel.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width - healthLabel.frame.size.width/2 - 20, self.size.height - (20 + healthLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:healthLabel]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update - (void)update:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //Makes the invaders move [self moveInvadersForUpdate:currentTime]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update Helpers //This method will get invoked by update -(void)moveInvadersForUpdate:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //1 - if it's not yet time to move, exit the method. moveInvadersForUpdate: // is invoked 60 times per second, but you don't want the invaders to move // that often since the movement would be too fast to see if (currentTime - self.timeOfLastMove < self.timePerMove) return; //2 - Recall that the scene holds all the invaders as child nodes; which were // added to the scene using addChild: in setupInvaders identifying each invader // by its name property. Invoking enumerateChildNodesWithName:usingBlock only loops over the invaders because they're named kInvaderType; which makes the loop skip the ship and the HUD. The guts og the block moves the invaders 10 pixels either right, left or down depending on the value of invaderMovementDirection [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x, node.position.y - 10); break; InvaderMovementDirectionNone: default: break; } }]; //3 - Record that you just moved the invaders, so that the next time this method is invoked (1/60th of a second from when it starts), the invaders won't move again until the set time period of one second has elapsed. self.timeOfLastMove = currentTime; //Makes it so that the invader movement direction changes only when the invaders are actually moving. Invaders only move when the check on self.timeOfLastMove passes (when conditional expression is true) [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; } #pragma mark - Invader Movement Helpers -(void)determineInvaderMovementDirection { //1 - Since local vars accessed by block are default const(means they cannot be changed), this snippet of code qualifies proposedMovementDirection with __block so that you can modify it in //2 __block InvaderMovementDirection proposedMovementDirection = self.invaderMovementDirection; //2 - Loops over the invaders in the scene and refers to the block with the invader as an argument [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: //3 - If the invader's right edge is within 1pt of the right edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets proposedMovementDirection so that the invaders move down then left. You compare the invader's frame(the frame that contains its content in the scene's coordinate system) with the scene width. Since the scene has an anchorPoint of (0,0) by default and is scaled to fill it's parent view, this comparison ensures you're testing against the view's edges. if (CGRectGetMaxX(node.frame) >= node.scene.size.width - 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: //4 - If the invader's left edge is within 1 pt of the left edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets the proposedMovementDirection so invaders move down then right if (CGRectGetMinX(node.frame) <= 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: //5 - If invaders are moving down then left, they already moved down at this point, so they should now move left. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionLeft; *stop = YES; break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: //6 - if the invaders are moving down then right, they already moved down so they should now move right. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; *stop = YES; break; default: break; } }]; //7 - if the proposed invader movement direction is different than the current invader movement direction, update the current direction to the proposed direction if (proposedMovementDirection != self.invaderMovementDirection) { self.invaderMovementDirection = proposedMovementDirection; } } #pragma mark - Bullet Helpers #pragma mark - User Tap Helpers #pragma mark - HUD Helpers #pragma mark - Physics Contact Helpers #pragma mark - Game End Helpers @end

    Read the article

  • can someone help me fix my code?

    - by user267490
    Hi, I have this code I been working on but I'm having a hard time for it to work. I did one but it only works in php 5.3 and I realized my host only supports php 5.0! do I was trying to see if I could get it to work on my sever correctly, I'm just lost and tired lol <?php //Temporarily turn on error reporting @ini_set('display_errors', 1); error_reporting(E_ALL); // Set default timezone (New PHP versions complain without this!) date_default_timezone_set("GMT"); // Common set_time_limit(0); require_once('dbc.php'); require_once('sessions.php'); page_protect(); // Image settings define('IMG_FIELD_NAME', 'cons_image'); // Max upload size in bytes (for form) define ('MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES', '512000'); // Width and height for the thumbnail define ('THUMB_WIDTH', '150'); define ('THUMB_HEIGHT', '150'); ?> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> <head> <title>whatever</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> <style type="text\css"> .validationerrorText { color:red; font-size:85%; font-weight:bold; } </style> </head> <body> <h1>Change image</h1> <?php $errors = array(); // Process form if (isset($_POST['submit'])) { // Get filename $filename = stripslashes($_FILES['cons_image']['name']); // Validation of image file upload $allowedFileTypes = array('image/gif', 'image/jpg', 'image/jpeg', 'image/png'); if ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_NO_FILE) { $errors['img_empty'] = true; } elseif (($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['type'] != '') && (!in_array($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['type'], $allowedFileTypes))) { $errors['img_type'] = true; } elseif (($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_INI_SIZE) || ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] == UPLOAD_ERR_FORM_SIZE) || ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['size'] > MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES)) { $errors['img_size'] = true; } elseif ($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error'] != UPLOAD_ERR_OK) { $errors['img_error'] = true; } elseif (strlen($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['name']) > 200) { $errors['img_nametoolong'] = true; } elseif ( (file_exists("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\{$filename}")) || (file_exists("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\{$filename}")) ) { $errors['img_fileexists'] = true; } if (! empty($errors)) { unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } // Create thumbnail if (empty($errors)) { // Make directory if it doesn't exist if (!is_dir("\\uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\")) { // Take directory and break it down into folders $dir = "uploads\\{$username}\\images\\banner\\thumbs"; $folders = explode("\\", $dir); // Create directory, adding folders as necessary as we go (ignore mkdir() errors, we'll check existance of full dir in a sec) $dirTmp = ''; foreach ($folders as $fldr) { if ($dirTmp != '') { $dirTmp .= "\\"; } $dirTmp .= $fldr; mkdir("\\".$dirTmp); //ignoring errors deliberately! } // Check again whether it exists if (!is_dir("\\uploads\\$username\\images\\banner\\thumbs\\")) { $errors['move_source'] = true; unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } } if (empty($errors)) { // Move uploaded file to final destination if (! move_uploaded_file($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name'], "/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename")) { $errors['move_source'] = true; unlink($_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['tmp_name']); //cleanup: delete temp file } else { // Create thumbnail in new dir if (! make_thumb("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename", "/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename")) { $errors['thumb'] = true; unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file } } } } // Record in database if (empty($errors)) { // Find existing record and delete existing images $sql = "SELECT `bannerORIGINAL`, `bannerTHUMB` FROM `agent_settings` WHERE (`agent_id`={$user_id}) LIMIT 1"; $result = mysql_query($sql); if (!$result) { unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename"); //cleanup: delete thumbnail file die("<div><b>Error: Problem occurred with Database Query!</b><br /><br /><b>File:</b> " . __FILE__ . "<br /><b>Line:</b> " . __LINE__ . "<br /><b>MySQL Error Num:</b> " . mysql_errno() . "<br /><b>MySQL Error:</b> " . mysql_error() . "</div>"); } $numResults = mysql_num_rows($result); if ($numResults == 1) { $row = mysql_fetch_assoc($result); // Delete old files unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/" . $row['bannerORIGINAL']); //delete OLD source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/" . $row['bannerTHUMB']); //delete OLD thumbnail file } // Update/create record with new images if ($numResults == 1) { $sql = "INSERT INTO `agent_settings` (`agent_id`, `bannerORIGINAL`, `bannerTHUMB`) VALUES ({$user_id}, '/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename', '/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename')"; } else { $sql = "UPDATE `agent_settings` SET `bannerORIGINAL`='/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename', `bannerTHUMB`='/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename' WHERE (`agent_id`={$user_id})"; } $result = mysql_query($sql); if (!$result) { unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/$filename"); //cleanup: delete source file unlink("/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename"); //cleanup: delete thumbnail file die("<div><b>Error: Problem occurred with Database Query!</b><br /><br /><b>File:</b> " . __FILE__ . "<br /><b>Line:</b> " . __LINE__ . "<br /><b>MySQL Error Num:</b> " . mysql_errno() . "<br /><b>MySQL Error:</b> " . mysql_error() . "</div>"); } } // Print success message and how the thumbnail image created if (empty($errors)) { echo "<p>Thumbnail created Successfully!</p>\n"; echo "<img src=\"/uploads/$username/images/banner/thumbs/$filename\" alt=\"New image thumbnail\" />\n"; echo "<br />\n"; } } if (isset($errors['move_source'])) { echo "\t\t<div>Error: Failure occurred moving uploaded source image!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['thumb'])) { echo "\t\t<div>Error: Failure occurred creating thumbnail!</div>\n"; } ?> <form action="" enctype="multipart/form-data" method="post"> <input type="hidden" name="MAX_FILE_SIZE" value="<?php echo MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES; ?>" /> <label for="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>">Image:</label> <input type="file" name="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>" id="<?php echo IMG_FIELD_NAME; ?>" /> <?php if (isset($errors['img_empty'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">Required!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_type'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File type not allowed! GIF/JPEG/PNG only!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_size'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File size too large! Maximum size should be " . MAX_SIZE_IN_BYTES . "bytes!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_error'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">File upload error occured! Error code: {$_FILES[IMG_FIELD_NAME]['error']}</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_nametoolong'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">Filename too long! 200 Chars max!</div>\n"; } if (isset($errors['img_fileexists'])) { echo "\t\t<div class=\"validationerrorText\">An image file already exists with that name!</div>\n"; } ?> <br /><input type="submit" name="submit" id="image1" value="Upload image" /> </form> </body> </html> <?php ################################# # # F U N C T I O N S # ################################# /* * Function: make_thumb * * Creates the thumbnail image from the uploaded image * the resize will be done considering the width and * height defined, but without deforming the image * * @param $sourceFile Path anf filename of source image * @param $destFile Path and filename to save thumbnail as * @param $new_w the new width to use * @param $new_h the new height to use */ function make_thumb($sourceFile, $destFile, $new_w=false, $new_h=false) { if ($new_w === false) { $new_w = THUMB_WIDTH; } if ($new_h === false) { $new_h = THUMB_HEIGHT; } // Get image extension $ext = strtolower(getExtension($sourceFile)); // Copy source switch($ext) { case 'jpg': case 'jpeg': $src_img = imagecreatefromjpeg($sourceFile); break; case 'png': $src_img = imagecreatefrompng($sourceFile); break; case 'gif': $src_img = imagecreatefromgif($sourceFile); break; default: return false; } if (!$src_img) { return false; } // Get dimmensions of the source image $old_x = imageSX($src_img); $old_y = imageSY($src_img); // Calculate the new dimmensions for the thumbnail image // 1. calculate the ratio by dividing the old dimmensions with the new ones // 2. if the ratio for the width is higher, the width will remain the one define in WIDTH variable // and the height will be calculated so the image ratio will not change // 3. otherwise we will use the height ratio for the image // as a result, only one of the dimmensions will be from the fixed ones $ratio1 = $old_x / $new_w; $ratio2 = $old_y / $new_h; if ($ratio1 > $ratio2) { $thumb_w = $new_w; $thumb_h = $old_y / $ratio1; } else { $thumb_h = $new_h; $thumb_w = $old_x / $ratio2; } // Create a new image with the new dimmensions $dst_img = ImageCreateTrueColor($thumb_w, $thumb_h); // Resize the big image to the new created one imagecopyresampled($dst_img, $src_img, 0, 0, 0, 0, $thumb_w, $thumb_h, $old_x, $old_y); // Output the created image to the file. Now we will have the thumbnail into the file named by $filename switch($ext) { case 'jpg': case 'jpeg': $result = imagepng($dst_img, $destFile); break; case 'png': $result = imagegif($dst_img, $destFile); break; case 'gif': $result = imagejpeg($dst_img, $destFile); break; default: //should never occur! } if (!$result) { return false; } // Destroy source and destination images imagedestroy($dst_img); imagedestroy($src_img); return true; } /* * Function: getExtension * * Returns the file extension from a given filename/path * * @param $str the filename to get the extension from */ function getExtension($str) { return pathinfo($str, PATHINFO_EXTENSION); } ?>

    Read the article

  • MySQL Config File for Large System

    - by Jonathon
    We are running MySQL on a Windows 2003 Server Enterpise Edition box. MySQL is about the only program running on the box. We have approx. 8 slaves replicated to it, but my understanding is that having multiple slaves connecting to the same master does not significantly slow down performance, if at all. The master server has 16G RAM, 10 Terabyte drives in RAID 10, and four dual-core processors. From what I have seen from other sites, we have a really robust machine as our master db server. We just upgraded from a machine with only 4G RAM, but with similar hard drives, RAID, etc. It also ran Apache on it, so it was our db server and our application server. It was getting a little slow, so we split the db server onto this new machine and kept the application server on the first machine. We also distributed the application load amongst a few of our other slave servers, which also run the application. The problem is the new db server has mysqld.exe consuming 95-100% of CPU almost all the time and is really causing the app to run slowly. I know we have several queries and table structures that could be better optimized, but since they worked okay on the older, smaller server, I assume that our my.ini (MySQL config) file is not properly configured. Most of what I see on the net is for setting config files on small machines, so can anyone help me get the my.ini file correct for a large dedicated machine like ours? I just don't see how mysqld could get so bogged down! FYI: We have about 100 queries per second. We only use MyISAM tables, so skip-innodb is set in the ini file. And yes, I know it is reading the ini file correctly because I can change some settings (like the server-id and it will kill the server at startup). Here is the my.ini file: #MySQL Server Instance Configuration File # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Generated by the MySQL Server Instance Configuration Wizard # # # Installation Instructions # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # On Linux you can copy this file to /etc/my.cnf to set global options, # mysql-data-dir/my.cnf to set server-specific options # (@localstatedir@ for this installation) or to # ~/.my.cnf to set user-specific options. # # On Windows you should keep this file in the installation directory # of your server (e.g. C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y). To # make sure the server reads the config file use the startup option # "--defaults-file". # # To run run the server from the command line, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # To install the server as a Windows service manually, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --install MySQLXY --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # And then execute this in a command line shell to start the server, e.g. # net start MySQLXY # # # Guildlines for editing this file # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # In this file, you can use all long options that the program supports. # If you want to know the options a program supports, start the program # with the "--help" option. # # More detailed information about the individual options can also be # found in the manual. # # # CLIENT SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by MySQL client applications. # Note that only client applications shipped by MySQL are guaranteed # to read this section. If you want your own MySQL client program to # honor these values, you need to specify it as an option during the # MySQL client library initialization. # [client] port=3306 [mysql] default-character-set=latin1 # SERVER SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by the MySQL Server. Make sure that # you have installed the server correctly (see above) so it reads this # file. # [mysqld] # The TCP/IP Port the MySQL Server will listen on port=3306 #Path to installation directory. All paths are usually resolved relative to this. basedir="D:/MySQL/" #Path to the database root datadir="D:/MySQL/data" # The default character set that will be used when a new schema or table is # created and no character set is defined default-character-set=latin1 # The default storage engine that will be used when create new tables when default-storage-engine=MYISAM # Set the SQL mode to strict #sql-mode="STRICT_TRANS_TABLES,NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER,NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION" # we changed this because there are a couple of queries that can get blocked otherwise sql-mode="" #performance configs skip-locking max_allowed_packet = 1M table_open_cache = 512 # The maximum amount of concurrent sessions the MySQL server will # allow. One of these connections will be reserved for a user with # SUPER privileges to allow the administrator to login even if the # connection limit has been reached. max_connections=1510 # Query cache is used to cache SELECT results and later return them # without actual executing the same query once again. Having the query # cache enabled may result in significant speed improvements, if your # have a lot of identical queries and rarely changing tables. See the # "Qcache_lowmem_prunes" status variable to check if the current value # is high enough for your load. # Note: In case your tables change very often or if your queries are # textually different every time, the query cache may result in a # slowdown instead of a performance improvement. query_cache_size=168M # The number of open tables for all threads. Increasing this value # increases the number of file descriptors that mysqld requires. # Therefore you have to make sure to set the amount of open files # allowed to at least 4096 in the variable "open-files-limit" in # section [mysqld_safe] table_cache=3020 # Maximum size for internal (in-memory) temporary tables. If a table # grows larger than this value, it is automatically converted to disk # based table This limitation is for a single table. There can be many # of them. tmp_table_size=30M # How many threads we should keep in a cache for reuse. When a client # disconnects, the client's threads are put in the cache if there aren't # more than thread_cache_size threads from before. This greatly reduces # the amount of thread creations needed if you have a lot of new # connections. (Normally this doesn't give a notable performance # improvement if you have a good thread implementation.) thread_cache_size=64 #*** MyISAM Specific options # The maximum size of the temporary file MySQL is allowed to use while # recreating the index (during REPAIR, ALTER TABLE or LOAD DATA INFILE. # If the file-size would be bigger than this, the index will be created # through the key cache (which is slower). myisam_max_sort_file_size=100G # If the temporary file used for fast index creation would be bigger # than using the key cache by the amount specified here, then prefer the # key cache method. This is mainly used to force long character keys in # large tables to use the slower key cache method to create the index. myisam_sort_buffer_size=64M # Size of the Key Buffer, used to cache index blocks for MyISAM tables. # Do not set it larger than 30% of your available memory, as some memory # is also required by the OS to cache rows. Even if you're not using # MyISAM tables, you should still set it to 8-64M as it will also be # used for internal temporary disk tables. key_buffer_size=3072M # Size of the buffer used for doing full table scans of MyISAM tables. # Allocated per thread, if a full scan is needed. read_buffer_size=2M read_rnd_buffer_size=8M # This buffer is allocated when MySQL needs to rebuild the index in # REPAIR, OPTIMZE, ALTER table statements as well as in LOAD DATA INFILE # into an empty table. It is allocated per thread so be careful with # large settings. sort_buffer_size=2M #*** INNODB Specific options *** innodb_data_home_dir="D:/MySQL InnoDB Datafiles/" # Use this option if you have a MySQL server with InnoDB support enabled # but you do not plan to use it. This will save memory and disk space # and speed up some things. skip-innodb # Additional memory pool that is used by InnoDB to store metadata # information. If InnoDB requires more memory for this purpose it will # start to allocate it from the OS. As this is fast enough on most # recent operating systems, you normally do not need to change this # value. SHOW INNODB STATUS will display the current amount used. innodb_additional_mem_pool_size=11M # If set to 1, InnoDB will flush (fsync) the transaction logs to the # disk at each commit, which offers full ACID behavior. If you are # willing to compromise this safety, and you are running small # transactions, you may set this to 0 or 2 to reduce disk I/O to the # logs. Value 0 means that the log is only written to the log file and # the log file flushed to disk approximately once per second. Value 2 # means the log is written to the log file at each commit, but the log # file is only flushed to disk approximately once per second. innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit=1 # The size of the buffer InnoDB uses for buffering log data. As soon as # it is full, InnoDB will have to flush it to disk. As it is flushed # once per second anyway, it does not make sense to have it very large # (even with long transactions). innodb_log_buffer_size=6M # InnoDB, unlike MyISAM, uses a buffer pool to cache both indexes and # row data. The bigger you set this the less disk I/O is needed to # access data in tables. On a dedicated database server you may set this # parameter up to 80% of the machine physical memory size. Do not set it # too large, though, because competition of the physical memory may # cause paging in the operating system. Note that on 32bit systems you # might be limited to 2-3.5G of user level memory per process, so do not # set it too high. innodb_buffer_pool_size=500M # Size of each log file in a log group. You should set the combined size # of log files to about 25%-100% of your buffer pool size to avoid # unneeded buffer pool flush activity on log file overwrite. However, # note that a larger logfile size will increase the time needed for the # recovery process. innodb_log_file_size=100M # Number of threads allowed inside the InnoDB kernel. The optimal value # depends highly on the application, hardware as well as the OS # scheduler properties. A too high value may lead to thread thrashing. innodb_thread_concurrency=10 #replication settings (this is the master) log-bin=log server-id = 1 Thanks for all the help. It is greatly appreciated.

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to jQuery Templates

    - by Stephen Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to provide you with enough information to start working with jQuery Templates. jQuery Templates enable you to display and manipulate data in the browser. For example, you can use jQuery Templates to format and display a set of database records that you have retrieved with an Ajax call. jQuery Templates supports a number of powerful features such as template tags, template composition, and wrapped templates. I’ll concentrate on the features that I think that you will find most useful. In order to focus on the jQuery Templates feature itself, this blog entry is server technology agnostic. All the samples use HTML pages instead of ASP.NET pages. In a future blog entry, I’ll focus on using jQuery Templates with ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC (You can do some pretty powerful things when jQuery Templates are used on the client and ASP.NET is used on the server). Introduction to jQuery Templates The jQuery Templates plugin was developed by the Microsoft ASP.NET team in collaboration with the open-source jQuery team. While working at Microsoft, I wrote the original proposal for jQuery Templates, Dave Reed wrote the original code, and Boris Moore wrote the final code. The jQuery team – especially John Resig – was very involved in each step of the process. Both the jQuery community and ASP.NET communities were very active in providing feedback. jQuery Templates will be included in the jQuery core library (the jQuery.js library) when jQuery 1.5 is released. Until jQuery 1.5 is released, you can download the jQuery Templates plugin from the jQuery Source Code Repository or you can use jQuery Templates directly from the ASP.NET CDN. The documentation for jQuery Templates is already included with the official jQuery documentation at http://api.jQuery.com. The main entry for jQuery templates is located under the topic plugins/templates. A Basic Sample of jQuery Templates Let’s start with a really simple sample of using jQuery Templates. We’ll use the plugin to display a list of books stored in a JavaScript array. Here’s the complete code: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html > <head> <title>Intro</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html> When you open this page in a browser, a list of books is displayed: There are several things going on in this page which require explanation. First, notice that the page uses both the jQuery 1.4.4 and jQuery Templates libraries. Both libraries are retrieved from the ASP.NET CDN: <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> You can use the ASP.NET CDN for free (even for production websites). You can learn more about the files included on the ASP.NET CDN by visiting the ASP.NET CDN documentation page. Second, you should notice that the actual template is included in a script tag with a special MIME type: <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> This template is displayed for each of the books rendered by the template. The template displays a book picture, title, and price. Notice that the SCRIPT tag which wraps the template has a MIME type of text/x-jQuery-tmpl. Why is the template wrapped in a SCRIPT tag and why the strange MIME type? When a browser encounters a SCRIPT tag with an unknown MIME type, it ignores the content of the tag. This is the behavior that you want with a template. You don’t want a browser to attempt to parse the contents of a template because this might cause side effects. For example, the template above includes an <img> tag with a src attribute that points at “BookPictures/${picture}”. You don’t want the browser to attempt to load an image at the URL “BookPictures/${picture}”. Instead, you want to prevent the browser from processing the IMG tag until the ${picture} expression is replaced by with the actual name of an image by the jQuery Templates plugin. If you are not worried about browser side-effects then you can wrap a template inside any HTML tag that you please. For example, the following DIV tag would also work with the jQuery Templates plugin: <div id="bookTemplate" style="display:none"> <div> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </div> Notice that the DIV tag includes a style=”display:none” attribute to prevent the template from being displayed until the template is parsed by the jQuery Templates plugin. Third, notice that the expression ${…} is used to display the value of a JavaScript expression within a template. For example, the expression ${title} is used to display the value of the book title property. You can use any JavaScript function that you please within the ${…} expression. For example, in the template above, the book price is formatted with the help of the custom JavaScript formatPrice() function which is defined lower in the page. Fourth, and finally, the template is rendered with the help of the tmpl() method. The following statement selects the bookTemplate and renders an array of books using the bookTemplate. The results are appended to a DIV element named bookContainer by using the standard jQuery appendTo() method. $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); Using Template Tags Within a template, you can use any of the following template tags. {{tmpl}} – Used for template composition. See the section below. {{wrap}} – Used for wrapped templates. See the section below. {{each}} – Used to iterate through a collection. {{if}} – Used to conditionally display template content. {{else}} – Used with {{if}} to conditionally display template content. {{html}} – Used to display the value of an HTML expression without encoding the value. Using ${…} or {{= }} performs HTML encoding automatically. {{= }}-- Used in exactly the same way as ${…}. {{! }} – Used for displaying comments. The contents of a {{!...}} tag are ignored. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of blog entries. Each blog entry could, possibly, have an associated list of categories. The following page illustrates how you can use the { if}} and {{each}} template tags to conditionally display categories for each blog entry:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>each</title> <link href="1_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="blogPostContainer"></div> <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var blogPosts = [ { postTitle: "How to fix a sink plunger in 5 minutes", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Sinks", "Plumbing"] }, { postTitle: "How to remove a broken lightbulb", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Lightbulbs", "Electricity"] }, { postTitle: "New associate website", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna." } ]; // Render the blog posts $("#blogPostTemplate").tmpl(blogPosts).appendTo("#blogPostContainer"); </script> </body> </html> When this page is opened in a web browser, the following list of blog posts and categories is displayed: Notice that the first and second blog entries have associated categories but the third blog entry does not. The third blog entry is “Uncategorized”. The template used to render the blog entries and categories looks like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> Notice the special expression $value used within the {{each}} template tag. You can use $value to display the value of the current template item. In this case, $value is used to display the value of each category in the collection of categories. Template Composition When building a fancy page, you might want to build a template out of multiple templates. In other words, you might want to take advantage of template composition. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of products. Some of the products are being sold at their normal price and some of the products are on sale. In that case, you might want to use two different templates for displaying a product: a productTemplate and a productOnSaleTemplate. The following page illustrates how you can use the {{tmpl}} tag to build a template from multiple templates:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Composition</title> <link href="2_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContainer"> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productListContainer"></div> <!-- Show list of products using composition --> <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script> <!-- Show product --> <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script> <!-- Show product on sale --> <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var products = [ { name: "Laptop", onSale: false }, { name: "Apples", onSale: true }, { name: "Comb", onSale: false } ]; $("#productListTemplate").tmpl(products).appendTo("#productListContainer"); </script> </div> </body> </html>   In the page above, the main template used to display the list of products looks like this: <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script>   If a product is on sale then the product is displayed with the productOnSaleTemplate (which includes an on sale image): <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script>   Otherwise, the product is displayed with the normal productTemplate (which does not include the on sale image): <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script>   You can pass a parameter to the {{tmpl}} tag. The parameter becomes the data passed to the template rendered by the {{tmpl}} tag. For example, in the previous section, we used the {{each}} template tag to display a list of categories for each blog entry like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script>   Another way to create this template is to use template composition like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{tmpl(categories) "#categoryTemplate"}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script id="categoryTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <i>${$data}</i> &nbsp; </script>   Using the {{each}} tag or {{tmpl}} tag is largely a matter of personal preference. Wrapped Templates The {{wrap}} template tag enables you to take a chunk of HTML and transform the HTML into another chunk of HTML (think easy XSLT). When you use the {{wrap}} tag, you work with two templates. The first template contains the HTML being transformed and the second template includes the filter expressions for transforming the HTML. For example, you can use the {{wrap}} template tag to transform a chunk of HTML into an interactive tab strip: When you click any of the tabs, you see the corresponding content. This tab strip was created with the following page: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Wrapped Templates</title> <style type="text/css"> body { font-family: Arial; background-color:black; } .tabs div { display:inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding:4px; background-color:gray; cursor:pointer; } .tabs div.tabState_true { background-color:white; border-bottom:1px solid white; } .tabBody { border-top:1px solid white; padding:10px; background-color:white; min-height:400px; width:400px; } </style> </head> <body> <div id="tabsView"></div> <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script> <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Global for tracking selected tab var selectedTabIndex = 0; // Render the tab strip $("#tabsContent").tmpl().appendTo("#tabsView"); // When a tab is clicked, update the tab strip $("#tabsView") .delegate(".tabState_false", "click", function () { var templateItem = $.tmplItem(this); selectedTabIndex = $(this).index(); templateItem.update(); }); </script> </body> </html>   The “source” for the tab strip is contained in the following template: <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script>   The tab strip is created with a list of H3 elements (which represent each tab) and DIV elements (which represent the body of each tab). Notice that the HTML content is wrapped in the {{wrap}} template tag. This template tag points at the following tabsWrap template: <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> The tabs DIV contains all of the tabs. The {{each}} template tag is used to loop through each of the H3 elements from the source template and render a DIV tag that represents a particular tab. The template item html() method is used to filter content from the “source” HTML template. The html() method accepts a jQuery selector for its first parameter. The tabs are retrieved from the source template by using an h3 filter. The second parameter passed to the html() method – the textOnly parameter -- causes the filter to return the inner text of each h3 element. You can learn more about the html() method at the jQuery website (see the section on $item.html()). The tabBody DIV renders the body of the selected tab. Notice that the {{html}} template tag is used to display the tab body so that HTML content in the body won’t be HTML encoded. The html() method is used, once again, to grab all of the DIV elements from the source HTML template. The selectedTabIndex global variable is used to display the contents of the selected tab. Remote Templates A common feature request for jQuery templates is support for remote templates. Developers want to be able to separate templates into different files. Adding support for remote templates requires only a few lines of extra code (Dave Ward has a nice blog entry on this). For example, the following page uses a remote template from a file named BookTemplate.htm: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Remote Templates</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The remote template is retrieved (and rendered) with the following code: // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); });   This code uses the standard jQuery $.get() method to get the BookTemplate.htm file from the server with an Ajax request. After the BookTemplate.htm file is successfully retrieved, the $.tmpl() method is used to render an array of books with the template. Here’s what the BookTemplate.htm file looks like: <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> Notice that the template in the BooksTemplate.htm file is not wrapped by a SCRIPT element. There is no need to wrap the template in this case because there is no possibility that the template will get interpreted before you want it to be interpreted. If you plan to use the bookTemplate multiple times – for example, you are paging or sorting the books -- then you should compile the template into a function and cache the compiled template function. For example, the following page can be used to page through a list of 100 products (using iPhone style More paging). <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Caching</title> <link href="6_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productContainer"></div> <button id="more">More</button> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Globals var pageIndex = 0; // Create an array of products var products = []; for (var i = 0; i < 100; i++) { products.push({ name: "Product " + (i + 1) }); } // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); }); $("#more").click(function () { pageIndex++; renderProducts(); }); function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The ProductTemplate is retrieved from an external file named ProductTemplate.htm. This template is retrieved only once. Furthermore, it is compiled and cached with the help of the $.template() method: // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); });   The $.template() method compiles the HTML representation of the template into a JavaScript function and caches the template function with the name productTemplate. The cached template can be used by calling the $.tmp() method. The productTemplate is used in the renderProducts() method: function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } In the code above, the first parameter passed to the $.tmpl() method is the name of a cached template. Working with Template Items In this final section, I want to devote some space to discussing Template Items. A new Template Item is created for each rendered instance of a template. For example, if you are displaying a list of 100 products with a template, then 100 Template Items are created. A Template Item has the following properties and methods: data – The data associated with the Template Instance. For example, a product. tmpl – The template associated with the Template Instance. parent – The parent template item if the template is nested. nodes – The HTML content of the template. calls – Used by {{wrap}} template tag. nest – Used by {{tmpl}} template tag. wrap – Used to imperatively enable wrapped templates. html – Used to filter content from a wrapped template. See the above section on wrapped templates. update – Used to re-render a template item. The last method – the update() method -- is especially interesting because it enables you to re-render a template item with new data or even a new template. For example, the following page displays a list of books. When you hover your mouse over any of the books, additional book details are displayed. In the following screenshot, details for ASP.NET Kick Start are displayed. <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Item</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script id="bookDetailsTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} <p> ${description} </p> </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg", description: "The most comprehensive book on Microsoft’s new ASP.NET 4.. " }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg", description: "Writing for professional programmers, Walther explains the crucial concepts that make the Model-View-Controller (MVC) development paradigm work…" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg", description: "Visual Studio .NET is the premier development environment for creating .NET applications…." }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg", description: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed for the iPhone…" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   There are two templates used to display a book: bookTemplate and bookDetailsTemplate. When you hover your mouse over a template item, the standard bookTemplate is swapped out for the bookDetailsTemplate. The bookDetailsTemplate displays a book description. The books are rendered with the bookTemplate with the following line of code: // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer");   The following code is used to swap the bookTemplate and the bookDetailsTemplate to show details for a book: // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); });   When you hover your mouse over a DIV element rendered by the bookTemplate, the mouseenter handler executes. First, this handler retrieves the Template Item associated with the DIV element by calling the tmplItem() method. The tmplItem() method returns a Template Item. Next, a new template is assigned to the Template Item. Notice that a compiled version of the bookDetailsTemplate is assigned to the Template Item’s tmpl property. The template is compiled earlier in the code by calling the template() method. Finally, the Template Item update() method is called to re-render the Template Item with the bookDetailsTemplate instead of the original bookTemplate. Summary This is a long blog entry and I still have not managed to cover all of the features of jQuery Templates J However, I’ve tried to cover the most important features of jQuery Templates such as template composition, template wrapping, and template items. To learn more about jQuery Templates, I recommend that you look at the documentation for jQuery Templates at the official jQuery website. Another great way to learn more about jQuery Templates is to look at the (unminified) source code.

    Read the article

  • Is there a Telecommunications Reference Architecture?

    - by raul.goycoolea
    @font-face { font-family: "Arial"; }@font-face { font-family: "Courier New"; }@font-face { font-family: "Wingdings"; }@font-face { font-family: "Cambria"; }p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraph, li.MsoListParagraph, div.MsoListParagraph { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; }ol { margin-bottom: 0cm; }ul { margin-bottom: 0cm; } Abstract   Reference architecture provides needed architectural information that can be provided in advance to an enterprise to enable consistent architectural best practices. Enterprise Reference Architecture helps business owners to actualize their strategies, vision, objectives, and principles. It evaluates the IT systems, based on Reference Architecture goals, principles, and standards. It helps to reduce IT costs by increasing functionality, availability, scalability, etc. Telecom Reference Architecture provides customers with the flexibility to view bundled service bills online with the provision of multiple services. It provides real-time, flexible billing and charging systems, to handle complex promotions, discounts, and settlements with multiple parties. This paper attempts to describe the Reference Architecture for the Telecom Enterprises. It lays the foundation for a Telecom Reference Architecture by articulating the requirements, drivers, and pitfalls for telecom service providers. It describes generic reference architecture for telecom enterprises and moves on to explain how to achieve Enterprise Reference Architecture by using SOA.   Introduction   A Reference Architecture provides a methodology, set of practices, template, and standards based on a set of successful solutions implemented earlier. These solutions have been generalized and structured for the depiction of both a logical and a physical architecture, based on the harvesting of a set of patterns that describe observations in a number of successful implementations. It helps as a reference for the various architectures that an enterprise can implement to solve various problems. It can be used as the starting point or the point of comparisons for various departments/business entities of a company, or for the various companies for an enterprise. It provides multiple views for multiple stakeholders.   Major artifacts of the Enterprise Reference Architecture are methodologies, standards, metadata, documents, design patterns, etc.   Purpose of Reference Architecture   In most cases, architects spend a lot of time researching, investigating, defining, and re-arguing architectural decisions. It is like reinventing the wheel as their peers in other organizations or even the same organization have already spent a lot of time and effort defining their own architectural practices. This prevents an organization from learning from its own experiences and applying that knowledge for increased effectiveness.   Reference architecture provides missing architectural information that can be provided in advance to project team members to enable consistent architectural best practices.   Enterprise Reference Architecture helps an enterprise to achieve the following at the abstract level:   ·       Reference architecture is more of a communication channel to an enterprise ·       Helps the business owners to accommodate to their strategies, vision, objectives, and principles. ·       Evaluates the IT systems based on Reference Architecture Principles ·       Reduces IT spending through increasing functionality, availability, scalability, etc ·       A Real-time Integration Model helps to reduce the latency of the data updates Is used to define a single source of Information ·       Provides a clear view on how to manage information and security ·       Defines the policy around the data ownership, product boundaries, etc. ·       Helps with cost optimization across project and solution portfolios by eliminating unused or duplicate investments and assets ·       Has a shorter implementation time and cost   Once the reference architecture is in place, the set of architectural principles, standards, reference models, and best practices ensure that the aligned investments have the greatest possible likelihood of success in both the near term and the long term (TCO).     Common pitfalls for Telecom Service Providers   Telecom Reference Architecture serves as the first step towards maturity for a telecom service provider. During the course of our assignments/experiences with telecom players, we have come across the following observations – Some of these indicate a lack of maturity of the telecom service provider:   ·       In markets that are growing and not so mature, it has been observed that telcos have a significant amount of in-house or home-grown applications. In some of these markets, the growth has been so rapid that IT has been unable to cope with business demands. Telcos have shown a tendency to come up with workarounds in their IT applications so as to meet business needs. ·       Even for core functions like provisioning or mediation, some telcos have tried to manage with home-grown applications. ·       Most of the applications do not have the required scalability or maintainability to sustain growth in volumes or functionality. ·       Applications face interoperability issues with other applications in the operator's landscape. Integrating a new application or network element requires considerable effort on the part of the other applications. ·       Application boundaries are not clear, and functionality that is not in the initial scope of that application gets pushed onto it. This results in the development of the multiple, small applications without proper boundaries. ·       Usage of Legacy OSS/BSS systems, poor Integration across Multiple COTS Products and Internal Systems. Most of the Integrations are developed on ad-hoc basis and Point-to-Point Integration. ·       Redundancy of the business functions in different applications • Fragmented data across the different applications and no integrated view of the strategic data • Lot of performance Issues due to the usage of the complex integration across OSS and BSS systems   However, this is where the maturity of the telecom industry as a whole can be of help. The collaborative efforts of telcos to overcome some of these problems have resulted in bodies like the TM Forum. They have come up with frameworks for business processes, data, applications, and technology for telecom service providers. These could be a good starting point for telcos to clean up their enterprise landscape.   Industry Trends in Telecom Reference Architecture   Telecom reference architectures are evolving rapidly because telcos are facing business and IT challenges.   “The reality is that there probably is no killer application, no silver bullet that the telcos can latch onto to carry them into a 21st Century.... Instead, there are probably hundreds – perhaps thousands – of niche applications.... And the only way to find which of these works for you is to try out lots of them, ramp up the ones that work, and discontinue the ones that fail.” – Martin Creaner President & CTO TM Forum.   The following trends have been observed in telecom reference architecture:   ·       Transformation of business structures to align with customer requirements ·       Adoption of more Internet-like technical architectures. The Web 2.0 concept is increasingly being used. ·       Virtualization of the traditional operations support system (OSS) ·       Adoption of SOA to support development of IP-based services ·       Adoption of frameworks like Service Delivery Platforms (SDPs) and IP Multimedia Subsystem ·       (IMS) to enable seamless deployment of various services over fixed and mobile networks ·       Replacement of in-house, customized, and stove-piped OSS/BSS with standards-based COTS products ·       Compliance with industry standards and frameworks like eTOM, SID, and TAM to enable seamless integration with other standards-based products   Drivers of Reference Architecture   The drivers of the Reference Architecture are Reference Architecture Goals, Principles, and Enterprise Vision and Telecom Transformation. The details are depicted below diagram. @font-face { font-family: "Cambria"; }p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoCaption, li.MsoCaption, div.MsoCaption { margin: 0cm 0cm 10pt; font-size: 9pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-weight: bold; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; } Figure 1. Drivers for Reference Architecture @font-face { font-family: "Arial"; }@font-face { font-family: "Courier New"; }@font-face { font-family: "Wingdings"; }@font-face { font-family: "Cambria"; }p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraph, li.MsoListParagraph, div.MsoListParagraph { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; }ol { margin-bottom: 0cm; }ul { margin-bottom: 0cm; } Today’s telecom reference architectures should seamlessly integrate traditional legacy-based applications and transition to next-generation network technologies (e.g., IP multimedia subsystems). This has resulted in new requirements for flexible, real-time billing and OSS/BSS systems and implications on the service provider’s organizational requirements and structure.   Telecom reference architectures are today expected to:   ·       Integrate voice, messaging, email and other VAS over fixed and mobile networks, back end systems ·       Be able to provision multiple services and service bundles • Deliver converged voice, video and data services ·       Leverage the existing Network Infrastructure ·       Provide real-time, flexible billing and charging systems to handle complex promotions, discounts, and settlements with multiple parties. ·       Support charging of advanced data services such as VoIP, On-Demand, Services (e.g.  Video), IMS/SIP Services, Mobile Money, Content Services and IPTV. ·       Help in faster deployment of new services • Serve as an effective platform for collaboration between network IT and business organizations ·       Harness the potential of converging technology, networks, devices and content to develop multimedia services and solutions of ever-increasing sophistication on a single Internet Protocol (IP) ·       Ensure better service delivery and zero revenue leakage through real-time balance and credit management ·       Lower operating costs to drive profitability   Enterprise Reference Architecture   The Enterprise Reference Architecture (RA) fills the gap between the concepts and vocabulary defined by the reference model and the implementation. Reference architecture provides detailed architectural information in a common format such that solutions can be repeatedly designed and deployed in a consistent, high-quality, supportable fashion. This paper attempts to describe the Reference Architecture for the Telecom Application Usage and how to achieve the Enterprise Level Reference Architecture using SOA.   • Telecom Reference Architecture • Enterprise SOA based Reference Architecture   Telecom Reference Architecture   Tele Management Forum’s New Generation Operations Systems and Software (NGOSS) is an architectural framework for organizing, integrating, and implementing telecom systems. NGOSS is a component-based framework consisting of the following elements:   ·       The enhanced Telecom Operations Map (eTOM) is a business process framework. ·       The Shared Information Data (SID) model provides a comprehensive information framework that may be specialized for the needs of a particular organization. ·       The Telecom Application Map (TAM) is an application framework to depict the functional footprint of applications, relative to the horizontal processes within eTOM. ·       The Technology Neutral Architecture (TNA) is an integrated framework. TNA is an architecture that is sustainable through technology changes.   NGOSS Architecture Standards are:   ·       Centralized data ·       Loosely coupled distributed systems ·       Application components/re-use  ·       A technology-neutral system framework with technology specific implementations ·       Interoperability to service provider data/processes ·       Allows more re-use of business components across multiple business scenarios ·       Workflow automation   The traditional operator systems architecture consists of four layers,   ·       Business Support System (BSS) layer, with focus toward customers and business partners. Manages order, subscriber, pricing, rating, and billing information. ·       Operations Support System (OSS) layer, built around product, service, and resource inventories. ·       Networks layer – consists of Network elements and 3rd Party Systems. ·       Integration Layer – to maximize application communication and overall solution flexibility.   Reference architecture for telecom enterprises is depicted below. @font-face { font-family: "Arial"; }@font-face { font-family: "Courier New"; }@font-face { font-family: "Wingdings"; }@font-face { font-family: "Cambria"; }p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoCaption, li.MsoCaption, div.MsoCaption { margin: 0cm 0cm 10pt; font-size: 9pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-weight: bold; }p.MsoListParagraph, li.MsoListParagraph, div.MsoListParagraph { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; }ol { margin-bottom: 0cm; }ul { margin-bottom: 0cm; } Figure 2. Telecom Reference Architecture   The major building blocks of any Telecom Service Provider architecture are as follows:   1. Customer Relationship Management   CRM encompasses the end-to-end lifecycle of the customer: customer initiation/acquisition, sales, ordering, and service activation, customer care and support, proactive campaigns, cross sell/up sell, and retention/loyalty.   CRM also includes the collection of customer information and its application to personalize, customize, and integrate delivery of service to a customer, as well as to identify opportunities for increasing the value of the customer to the enterprise.   The key functionalities related to Customer Relationship Management are   ·       Manage the end-to-end lifecycle of a customer request for products. ·       Create and manage customer profiles. ·       Manage all interactions with customers – inquiries, requests, and responses. ·       Provide updates to Billing and other south bound systems on customer/account related updates such as customer/ account creation, deletion, modification, request bills, final bill, duplicate bills, credit limits through Middleware. ·       Work with Order Management System, Product, and Service Management components within CRM. ·       Manage customer preferences – Involve all the touch points and channels to the customer, including contact center, retail stores, dealers, self service, and field service, as well as via any media (phone, face to face, web, mobile device, chat, email, SMS, mail, the customer's bill, etc.). ·       Support single interface for customer contact details, preferences, account details, offers, customer premise equipment, bill details, bill cycle details, and customer interactions.   CRM applications interact with customers through customer touch points like portals, point-of-sale terminals, interactive voice response systems, etc. The requests by customers are sent via fulfillment/provisioning to billing system for ordering processing.   2. Billing and Revenue Management   Billing and Revenue Management handles the collection of appropriate usage records and production of timely and accurate bills – for providing pre-bill usage information and billing to customers; for processing their payments; and for performing payment collections. In addition, it handles customer inquiries about bills, provides billing inquiry status, and is responsible for resolving billing problems to the customer's satisfaction in a timely manner. This process grouping also supports prepayment for services.   The key functionalities provided by these applications are   ·       To ensure that enterprise revenue is billed and invoices delivered appropriately to customers. ·       To manage customers’ billing accounts, process their payments, perform payment collections, and monitor the status of the account balance. ·       To ensure the timely and effective fulfillment of all customer bill inquiries and complaints. ·       Collect the usage records from mediation and ensure appropriate rating and discounting of all usage and pricing. ·       Support revenue sharing; split charging where usage is guided to an account different from the service consumer. ·       Support prepaid and post-paid rating. ·       Send notification on approach / exceeding the usage thresholds as enforced by the subscribed offer, and / or as setup by the customer. ·       Support prepaid, post paid, and hybrid (where some services are prepaid and the rest of the services post paid) customers and conversion from post paid to prepaid, and vice versa. ·       Support different billing function requirements like charge prorating, promotion, discount, adjustment, waiver, write-off, account receivable, GL Interface, late payment fee, credit control, dunning, account or service suspension, re-activation, expiry, termination, contract violation penalty, etc. ·       Initiate direct debit to collect payment against an invoice outstanding. ·       Send notification to Middleware on different events; for example, payment receipt, pre-suspension, threshold exceed, etc.   Billing systems typically get usage data from mediation systems for rating and billing. They get provisioning requests from order management systems and inquiries from CRM systems. Convergent and real-time billing systems can directly get usage details from network elements.   3. Mediation   Mediation systems transform/translate the Raw or Native Usage Data Records into a general format that is acceptable to billing for their rating purposes.   The following lists the high-level roles and responsibilities executed by the Mediation system in the end-to-end solution.   ·       Collect Usage Data Records from different data sources – like network elements, routers, servers – via different protocol and interfaces. ·       Process Usage Data Records – Mediation will process Usage Data Records as per the source format. ·       Validate Usage Data Records from each source. ·       Segregates Usage Data Records coming from each source to multiple, based on the segregation requirement of end Application. ·       Aggregates Usage Data Records based on the aggregation rule if any from different sources. ·       Consolidates multiple Usage Data Records from each source. ·       Delivers formatted Usage Data Records to different end application like Billing, Interconnect, Fraud Management, etc. ·       Generates audit trail for incoming Usage Data Records and keeps track of all the Usage Data Records at various stages of mediation process. ·       Checks duplicate Usage Data Records across files for a given time window.   4. Fulfillment   This area is responsible for providing customers with their requested products in a timely and correct manner. It translates the customer's business or personal need into a solution that can be delivered using the specific products in the enterprise's portfolio. This process informs the customers of the status of their purchase order, and ensures completion on time, as well as ensuring a delighted customer. These processes are responsible for accepting and issuing orders. They deal with pre-order feasibility determination, credit authorization, order issuance, order status and tracking, customer update on customer order activities, and customer notification on order completion. Order management and provisioning applications fall into this category.   The key functionalities provided by these applications are   ·       Issuing new customer orders, modifying open customer orders, or canceling open customer orders; ·       Verifying whether specific non-standard offerings sought by customers are feasible and supportable; ·       Checking the credit worthiness of customers as part of the customer order process; ·       Testing the completed offering to ensure it is working correctly; ·       Updating of the Customer Inventory Database to reflect that the specific product offering has been allocated, modified, or cancelled; ·       Assigning and tracking customer provisioning activities; ·       Managing customer provisioning jeopardy conditions; and ·       Reporting progress on customer orders and other processes to customer.   These applications typically get orders from CRM systems. They interact with network elements and billing systems for fulfillment of orders.   5. Enterprise Management   This process area includes those processes that manage enterprise-wide activities and needs, or have application within the enterprise as a whole. They encompass all business management processes that   ·       Are necessary to support the whole of the enterprise, including processes for financial management, legal management, regulatory management, process, cost, and quality management, etc.;   ·       Are responsible for setting corporate policies, strategies, and directions, and for providing guidelines and targets for the whole of the business, including strategy development and planning for areas, such as Enterprise Architecture, that are integral to the direction and development of the business;   ·       Occur throughout the enterprise, including processes for project management, performance assessments, cost assessments, etc.     (i) Enterprise Risk Management:   Enterprise Risk Management focuses on assuring that risks and threats to the enterprise value and/or reputation are identified, and appropriate controls are in place to minimize or eliminate the identified risks. The identified risks may be physical or logical/virtual. Successful risk management ensures that the enterprise can support its mission critical operations, processes, applications, and communications in the face of serious incidents such as security threats/violations and fraud attempts. Two key areas covered in Risk Management by telecom operators are:   ·       Revenue Assurance: Revenue assurance system will be responsible for identifying revenue loss scenarios across components/systems, and will help in rectifying the problems. The following lists the high-level roles and responsibilities executed by the Revenue Assurance system in the end-to-end solution. o   Identify all usage information dropped when networks are being upgraded. o   Interconnect bill verification. o   Identify where services are routinely provisioned but never billed. o   Identify poor sales policies that are intensifying collections problems. o   Find leakage where usage is sent to error bucket and never billed for. o   Find leakage where field service, CRM, and network build-out are not optimized.   ·       Fraud Management: Involves collecting data from different systems to identify abnormalities in traffic patterns, usage patterns, and subscription patterns to report suspicious activity that might suggest fraudulent usage of resources, resulting in revenue losses to the operator.   The key roles and responsibilities of the system component are as follows:   o   Fraud management system will capture and monitor high usage (over a certain threshold) in terms of duration, value, and number of calls for each subscriber. The threshold for each subscriber is decided by the system and fixed automatically. o   Fraud management will be able to detect the unauthorized access to services for certain subscribers. These subscribers may have been provided unauthorized services by employees. The component will raise the alert to the operator the very first time of such illegal calls or calls which are not billed. o   The solution will be to have an alarm management system that will deliver alarms to the operator/provider whenever it detects a fraud, thus minimizing fraud by catching it the first time it occurs. o   The Fraud Management system will be capable of interfacing with switches, mediation systems, and billing systems   (ii) Knowledge Management   This process focuses on knowledge management, technology research within the enterprise, and the evaluation of potential technology acquisitions.   Key responsibilities of knowledge base management are to   ·       Maintain knowledge base – Creation and updating of knowledge base on ongoing basis. ·       Search knowledge base – Search of knowledge base on keywords or category browse ·       Maintain metadata – Management of metadata on knowledge base to ensure effective management and search. ·       Run report generator. ·       Provide content – Add content to the knowledge base, e.g., user guides, operational manual, etc.   (iii) Document Management   It focuses on maintaining a repository of all electronic documents or images of paper documents relevant to the enterprise using a system.   (iv) Data Management   It manages data as a valuable resource for any enterprise. For telecom enterprises, the typical areas covered are Master Data Management, Data Warehousing, and Business Intelligence. It is also responsible for data governance, security, quality, and database management.   Key responsibilities of Data Management are   ·       Using ETL, extract the data from CRM, Billing, web content, ERP, campaign management, financial, network operations, asset management info, customer contact data, customer measures, benchmarks, process data, e.g., process inputs, outputs, and measures, into Enterprise Data Warehouse. ·       Management of data traceability with source, data related business rules/decisions, data quality, data cleansing data reconciliation, competitors data – storage for all the enterprise data (customer profiles, products, offers, revenues, etc.) ·       Get online update through night time replication or physical backup process at regular frequency. ·       Provide the data access to business intelligence and other systems for their analysis, report generation, and use.   (v) Business Intelligence   It uses the Enterprise Data to provide the various analysis and reports that contain prospects and analytics for customer retention, acquisition of new customers due to the offers, and SLAs. It will generate right and optimized plans – bolt-ons for the customers.   The following lists the high-level roles and responsibilities executed by the Business Intelligence system at the Enterprise Level:   ·       It will do Pattern analysis and reports problem. ·       It will do Data Analysis – Statistical analysis, data profiling, affinity analysis of data, customer segment wise usage patterns on offers, products, service and revenue generation against services and customer segments. ·       It will do Performance (business, system, and forecast) analysis, churn propensity, response time, and SLAs analysis. ·       It will support for online and offline analysis, and report drill down capability. ·       It will collect, store, and report various SLA data. ·       It will provide the necessary intelligence for marketing and working on campaigns, etc., with cost benefit analysis and predictions.   It will advise on customer promotions with additional services based on loyalty and credit history of customer   ·       It will Interface with Enterprise Data Management system for data to run reports and analysis tasks. It will interface with the campaign schedules, based on historical success evidence.   (vi) Stakeholder and External Relations Management   It manages the enterprise's relationship with stakeholders and outside entities. Stakeholders include shareholders, employee organizations, etc. Outside entities include regulators, local community, and unions. Some of the processes within this grouping are Shareholder Relations, External Affairs, Labor Relations, and Public Relations.   (vii) Enterprise Resource Planning   It is used to manage internal and external resources, including tangible assets, financial resources, materials, and human resources. Its purpose is to facilitate the flow of information between all business functions inside the boundaries of the enterprise and manage the connections to outside stakeholders. ERP systems consolidate all business operations into a uniform and enterprise wide system environment.   The key roles and responsibilities for Enterprise System are given below:   ·        It will handle responsibilities such as core accounting, financial, and management reporting. ·       It will interface with CRM for capturing customer account and details. ·       It will interface with billing to capture the billing revenue and other financial data. ·       It will be responsible for executing the dunning process. Billing will send the required feed to ERP for execution of dunning. ·       It will interface with the CRM and Billing through batch interfaces. Enterprise management systems are like horizontals in the enterprise and typically interact with all major telecom systems. E.g., an ERP system interacts with CRM, Fulfillment, and Billing systems for different kinds of data exchanges.   6. External Interfaces/Touch Points   The typical external parties are customers, suppliers/partners, employees, shareholders, and other stakeholders. External interactions from/to a Service Provider to other parties can be achieved by a variety of mechanisms, including:   ·       Exchange of emails or faxes ·       Call Centers ·       Web Portals ·       Business-to-Business (B2B) automated transactions   These applications provide an Internet technology driven interface to external parties to undertake a variety of business functions directly for themselves. These can provide fully or partially automated service to external parties through various touch points.   Typical characteristics of these touch points are   ·       Pre-integrated self-service system, including stand-alone web framework or integration front end with a portal engine ·       Self services layer exposing atomic web services/APIs for reuse by multiple systems across the architectural environment ·       Portlets driven connectivity exposing data and services interoperability through a portal engine or web application   These touch points mostly interact with the CRM systems for requests, inquiries, and responses.   7. Middleware   The component will be primarily responsible for integrating the different systems components under a common platform. It should provide a Standards-Based Platform for building Service Oriented Architecture and Composite Applications. The following lists the high-level roles and responsibilities executed by the Middleware component in the end-to-end solution.   ·       As an integration framework, covering to and fro interfaces ·       Provide a web service framework with service registry. ·       Support SOA framework with SOA service registry. ·       Each of the interfaces from / to Middleware to other components would handle data transformation, translation, and mapping of data points. ·       Receive data from the caller / activate and/or forward the data to the recipient system in XML format. ·       Use standard XML for data exchange. ·       Provide the response back to the service/call initiator. ·       Provide a tracking until the response completion. ·       Keep a store transitional data against each call/transaction. ·       Interface through Middleware to get any information that is possible and allowed from the existing systems to enterprise systems; e.g., customer profile and customer history, etc. ·       Provide the data in a common unified format to the SOA calls across systems, and follow the Enterprise Architecture directive. ·       Provide an audit trail for all transactions being handled by the component.   8. Network Elements   The term Network Element means a facility or equipment used in the provision of a telecommunications service. Such terms also includes features, functions, and capabilities that are provided by means of such facility or equipment, including subscriber numbers, databases, signaling systems, and information sufficient for billing and collection or used in the transmission, routing, or other provision of a telecommunications service.   Typical network elements in a GSM network are Home Location Register (HLR), Intelligent Network (IN), Mobile Switching Center (MSC), SMS Center (SMSC), and network elements for other value added services like Push-to-talk (PTT), Ring Back Tone (RBT), etc.   Network elements are invoked when subscribers use their telecom devices for any kind of usage. These elements generate usage data and pass it on to downstream systems like mediation and billing system for rating and billing. They also integrate with provisioning systems for order/service fulfillment.   9. 3rd Party Applications   3rd Party systems are applications like content providers, payment gateways, point of sale terminals, and databases/applications maintained by the Government.   Depending on applicability and the type of functionality provided by 3rd party applications, the integration with different telecom systems like CRM, provisioning, and billing will be done.   10. Service Delivery Platform   A service delivery platform (SDP) provides the architecture for the rapid deployment, provisioning, execution, management, and billing of value added telecom services. SDPs are based on the concept of SOA and layered architecture. They support the delivery of voice, data services, and content in network and device-independent fashion. They allow application developers to aggregate network capabilities, services, and sources of content. SDPs typically contain layers for web services exposure, service application development, and network abstraction.   SOA Reference Architecture   SOA concept is based on the principle of developing reusable business service and building applications by composing those services, instead of building monolithic applications in silos. It’s about bridging the gap between business and IT through a set of business-aligned IT services, using a set of design principles, patterns, and techniques.   In an SOA, resources are made available to participants in a value net, enterprise, line of business (typically spanning multiple applications within an enterprise or across multiple enterprises). It consists of a set of business-aligned IT services that collectively fulfill an organization’s business processes and goals. We can choreograph these services into composite applications and invoke them through standard protocols. SOA, apart from agility and reusability, enables:   ·       The business to specify processes as orchestrations of reusable services ·       Technology agnostic business design, with technology hidden behind service interface ·       A contractual-like interaction between business and IT, based on service SLAs ·       Accountability and governance, better aligned to business services ·       Applications interconnections untangling by allowing access only through service interfaces, reducing the daunting side effects of change ·       Reduced pressure to replace legacy and extended lifetime for legacy applications, through encapsulation in services   ·       A Cloud Computing paradigm, using web services technologies, that makes possible service outsourcing on an on-demand, utility-like, pay-per-usage basis   The following section represents the Reference Architecture of logical view for the Telecom Solution. The new custom built application needs to align with this logical architecture in the long run to achieve EA benefits.   Packaged implementation applications, such as ERP billing applications, need to expose their functions as service providers (as other applications consume) and interact with other applications as service consumers.   COT applications need to expose services through wrappers such as adapters to utilize existing resources and at the same time achieve Enterprise Architecture goal and objectives.   The following are the various layers for Enterprise level deployment of SOA. This diagram captures the abstract view of Enterprise SOA layers and important components of each layer. Layered architecture means decomposition of services such that most interactions occur between adjacent layers. However, there is no strict rule that top layers should not directly communicate with bottom layers.   The diagram below represents the important logical pieces that would result from overall SOA transformation. @font-face { font-family: "Arial"; }@font-face { font-family: "Courier New"; }@font-face { font-family: "Wingdings"; }@font-face { font-family: "Cambria"; }p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoCaption, li.MsoCaption, div.MsoCaption { margin: 0cm 0cm 10pt; font-size: 9pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; color: rgb(79, 129, 189); font-weight: bold; }p.MsoListParagraph, li.MsoListParagraph, div.MsoListParagraph { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpFirst { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpMiddle { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }p.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, li.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast, div.MsoListParagraphCxSpLast { margin: 0cm 0cm 0.0001pt 36pt; font-size: 12pt; font-family: "Times New Roman"; }div.Section1 { page: Section1; }ol { margin-bottom: 0cm; }ul { margin-bottom: 0cm; } Figure 3. Enterprise SOA Reference Architecture 1.          Operational System Layer: This layer consists of all packaged applications like CRM, ERP, custom built applications, COTS based applications like Billing, Revenue Management, Fulfilment, and the Enterprise databases that are essential and contribute directly or indirectly to the Enterprise OSS/BSS Transformation.   ERP holds the data of Asset Lifecycle Management, Supply Chain, and Advanced Procurement and Human Capital Management, etc.   CRM holds the data related to Order, Sales, and Marketing, Customer Care, Partner Relationship Management, Loyalty, etc.   Content Management handles Enterprise Search and Query. Billing application consists of the following components:   ·       Collections Management, Customer Billing Management, Invoices, Real-Time Rating, Discounting, and Applying of Charges ·       Enterprise databases will hold both the application and service data, whether structured or unstructured.   MDM - Master data majorly consists of Customer, Order, Product, and Service Data.     2.          Enterprise Component Layer:   This layer consists of the Application Services and Common Services that are responsible for realizing the functionality and maintaining the QoS of the exposed services. This layer uses container-based technologies such as application servers to implement the components, workload management, high availability, and load balancing.   Application Services: This Service Layer enables application, technology, and database abstraction so that the complex accessing logic is hidden from the other service layers. This is a basic service layer, which exposes application functionalities and data as reusable services. The three types of the Application access services are:   ·       Application Access Service: This Service Layer exposes application level functionalities as a reusable service between BSS to BSS and BSS to OSS integration. This layer is enabled using disparate technology such as Web Service, Integration Servers, and Adaptors, etc.   ·       Data Access Service: This Service Layer exposes application data services as a reusable reference data service. This is done via direct interaction with application data. and provides the federated query.   ·       Network Access Service: This Service Layer exposes provisioning layer as a reusable service from OSS to OSS integration. This integration service emphasizes the need for high performance, stateless process flows, and distributed design.   Common Services encompasses management of structured, semi-structured, and unstructured data such as information services, portal services, interaction services, infrastructure services, and security services, etc.   3.          Integration Layer:   This consists of service infrastructure components like service bus, service gateway for partner integration, service registry, service repository, and BPEL processor. Service bus will carry the service invocation payloads/messages between consumers and providers. The other important functions expected from it are itinerary based routing, distributed caching of routing information, transformations, and all qualities of service for messaging-like reliability, scalability, and availability, etc. Service registry will hold all contracts (wsdl) of services, and it helps developers to locate or discover service during design time or runtime.   • BPEL processor would be useful in orchestrating the services to compose a complex business scenario or process. • Workflow and business rules management are also required to support manual triggering of certain activities within business process. based on the rules setup and also the state machine information. Application, data, and service mediation layer typically forms the overall composite application development framework or SOA Framework.   4.          Business Process Layer: These are typically the intermediate services layer and represent Shared Business Process Services. At Enterprise Level, these services are from Customer Management, Order Management, Billing, Finance, and Asset Management application domains.   5.          Access Layer: This layer consists of portals for Enterprise and provides a single view of Enterprise information management and dashboard services.   6.          Channel Layer: This consists of various devices; applications that form part of extended enterprise; browsers through which users access the applications.   7.          Client Layer: This designates the different types of users accessing the enterprise applications. The type of user typically would be an important factor in determining the level of access to applications.   8.          Vertical pieces like management, monitoring, security, and development cut across all horizontal layers Management and monitoring involves all aspects of SOA-like services, SLAs, and other QoS lifecycle processes for both applications and services surrounding SOA governance.     9.          EA Governance, Reference Architecture, Roadmap, Principles, and Best Practices:   EA Governance is important in terms of providing the overall direction to SOA implementation within the enterprise. This involves board-level involvement, in addition to business and IT executives. At a high level, this involves managing the SOA projects implementation, managing SOA infrastructure, and controlling the entire effort through all fine-tuned IT processes in accordance with COBIT (Control Objectives for Information Technology).   Devising tools and techniques to promote reuse culture, and the SOA way of doing things needs competency centers to be established in addition to training the workforce to take up new roles that are suited to SOA journey.   Conclusions   Reference Architectures can serve as the basis for disparate architecture efforts throughout the organization, even if they use different tools and technologies. Reference architectures provide best practices and approaches in the independent way a vendor deals with technology and standards. Reference Architectures model the abstract architectural elements for an enterprise independent of the technologies, protocols, and products that are used to implement an SOA. Telecom enterprises today are facing significant business and technology challenges due to growing competition, a multitude of services, and convergence. Adopting architectural best practices could go a long way in meeting these challenges. The use of SOA-based architecture for communication to each of the external systems like Billing, CRM, etc., in OSS/BSS system has made the architecture very loosely coupled, with greater flexibility. Any change in the external systems would be absorbed at the Integration Layer without affecting the rest of the ecosystem. The use of a Business Process Management (BPM) tool makes the management and maintenance of the business processes easy, with better performance in terms of lead time, quality, and cost. Since the Architecture is based on standards, it will lower the cost of deploying and managing OSS/BSS applications over their lifecycles.

    Read the article

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

  • Oracle Support Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1)

    - by faye.todd(at)oracle.com
    Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1) Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle Corporation. All Rights Reserved. In this Document  Purpose  Last Review Date  Instructions for the Reader  Troubleshooting Details     1. Scope and Application      2. Definitions and Classifications     3. How to Use This Guide     4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting     5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages     6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment     7. Performance Issues  References Applies to: Oracle Server - Enterprise Edition - Version: 8.1.7.0 to 11.2.0.2 - Release: 8.1.7 to 11.2Information in this document applies to any platform. Purpose This document presents a step-by-step methodology for troubleshooting and resolving problems with Advanced Queuing Propagation in both Streams and basic Advanced Queuing environments. It also serves as a master reference for other more specific notes on Oracle Streams Propagation and Advanced Queuing Propagation issues. Last Review Date December 20, 2010 Instructions for the Reader A Troubleshooting Guide is provided to assist in debugging a specific issue. When possible, diagnostic tools are included in the document to assist in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application This note is intended for Database Administrators of Oracle databases where issues are being encountered with propagating messages between advanced queues, whether the queues are used for user-created messaging systems or for Oracle Streams. It contains troubleshooting steps and links to notes for further problem resolution.It can also be used a template to document a problem when it is necessary to engage Oracle Support Services. Knowing what is NOT happening can frequently speed up the resolution process by focusing solely on the pertinent problem area. This guide is divided into five parts: Section 2: Definitions and Classifications (discusses the different types and features of propagations possible - helpful for understanding the rest of the guide) Section 3: How to Use this Guide (to be used as a start part for determining the scope of the problem and what sections to consult) Section 4. Basic AQ propagation troubleshooting (applies to both AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages as well as Oracle Streams propagations) Section 5. Additional troubleshooting steps for AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages Section 6. Additional troubleshooting steps for Oracle Streams propagation Section 7. Performance issues 2. Definitions and Classifications Given the potential scope of issues that can be encountered with AQ propagation, the first recommended step is to do some basic diagnosis to determine the type of problem that is being encountered. 2.1. What Type of Propagation is Being Used? 2.1.1. Buffered Messaging For an advanced queue, messages can be maintained on disk (persistent messaging) or in memory (buffered messaging). To determine if a queue is buffered or not, reference the GV_$BUFFERED_QUEUES view. If the queue does not appear in this view, it is persistent. 2.1.2. Propagation mode - queue-to-dblink vs queue-to-queue As of 10.2, an AQ propagation can also be defined as queue-to-dblink, or queue-to-queue: queue-to-dblink: The propagation delivers messages or events from the source queue to all subscribing queues at the destination database identified by the dblink. A single propagation schedule is used to propagate messages to all subscribing queues. Hence any changes made to this schedule will affect message delivery to all the subscribing queues. This mode does not support multiple propagations from the same source queue to the same target database. queue-to-queue: Added in 10.2, this propagation mode delivers messages or events from the source queue to a specific destination queue identified on the database link. This allows the user to have fine-grained control on the propagation schedule for message delivery. This new propagation mode also supports transparent failover when propagating to a destination Oracle RAC system. With queue-to-queue propagation, you are no longer required to re-point a database link if the owner instance of the queue fails on Oracle RAC. This mode supports multiple propagations to the same target database if the target queues are different. The default is queue-to-dblink. To verify if queue-to-queue propagation is being used, in non-Streams environments query DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.DESTINATION - if a remote queue is listed along with the remote database link, then queue-to-queue propagation is being used. For Streams environments, the DBA_PROPAGATION.QUEUE_TO_QUEUE column can be checked.See the following note for a method to switch between the two modes:Document 827473.1 How to alter propagation from queue-to-queue to queue-to-dblink 2.1.3. Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) for Streams In 11g Oracle Streams environments, an optimization called Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) is implemented by default when possible. Although a propagation is configured in this case, Streams does not use it; instead it passes information directly from capture to an apply receiver. To see if CCA is in use: COLUMN CAPTURE_NAME HEADING 'Capture Name' FORMAT A30COLUMN OPTIMIZATION HEADING 'CCA Mode?' FORMAT A10SELECT CAPTURE_NAME, DECODE(OPTIMIZATION,0, 'No','Yes') OPTIMIZATIONFROM V$STREAMS_CAPTURE; Also, see the following note:Document 463820.1 Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11g 2.2. Queue Table Compatibility There are three types of queue table compatibility. In more recent databases, queue tables may be present in all three modes of compatibility: 8.0 - earliest version, deprecated in 10.2 onwards 8.1 - support added for RAC, asynchronous notification, secure queues, queue level access control, rule-based subscribers, separate storage of history information 10.0 - if the database is in 10.1-compatible mode, then the default value for queue table compatibility is 10.0 2.3. Single vs Multiple Consumer Queue Tables If more than one recipient can dequeue a message from a queue, then its queue table is multiple consumer. You can propagate messages from a multiple-consumer queue to a single-consumer queue. Propagation from a single-consumer queue to a multiple-consumer queue is not possible. 3. How to Use This Guide 3.1. Are Messages Being Propagated at All, or is the Propagation Just Slow? Run the following query on the source database for the propagation (assuming that it is running): select TOTAL_NUMBER from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME='<source_queue_name>'; If TOTAL_NUMBER is increasing, then propagation is most likely functioning, although it may be slow. For performance issues, see Section 7. 3.2. Propagation Between Persistent User-Created Queues See Sections 4 and 5 (and optionally Section 6 if performance is an issue). 3.3. Propagation Between Buffered User-Created Queues See Sections 4, 5, and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.4. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (without Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) See Sections 4 and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.5. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (with Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) Although an AQ propagation is not used directly in this case, some characteristics of the message transfer are inferred from the propagation parameters used. Some parts of Sections 4 and 6 still apply. 3.6. Messaging Gateway Propagations This note does not apply to Messaging Gateway propagations. 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 4.1. Double-check Your Code Make sure that you are consistent in your usage of the database link(s) names, queue names, etc. It may be useful to plot a diagram of which queues are connected via which database links to make sure that the logical structure is correct. 4.2. Verify that Job Queue Processes are Running 4.2.1. Versions 10.2 and Lower - DBA_JOBS Package For versions 10.2 and lower, a scheduled propagation is managed by DBMS_JOB package. The propagation is performed by job queue process background processes. Therefore we need to verify that there are sufficient processes available for the propagation process. We should have at least 4 job queue processes running and preferably more depending on the number of other jobs running in the database. It should be noted that for AQ specific work, AQ will only ever use half of the job queue processes available.An issue caused by an inadequate job queue processes parameter setting is described in the following note:Document 298015.1 Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To Self 4.2.1.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; 4.2.1.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currentlyin use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.1.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (spids) of job queue processes involved in propagation via select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from V$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOBand j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.In 8i a job queue process will have a name similar to: ora_snp1_<instance_name>.In 9i onwards you will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.2.2. Version 11.1 and Above - Oracle Scheduler In version 11.1 and above, Oracle Scheduler is used to perform AQ and Streams propagations. Oracle Scheduler automatically tunes the number of slave processes for these jobs based on the load on the computer system, and the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter is only used to specify the maximum number of slave processes. Therefore, the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter does not need to be set (it defaults to a very high number), unless you want to limit the number of slaves that can be created. If JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES = 0, no propagation jobs will run.See the following note for a discussion of Oracle Streams 11g and Oracle Scheduler:Document 1083608.1 11g Streams and Oracle Scheduler 4.2.2.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0, and preferably be left at its default value. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; To set the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES parameter to its default value, run: connect / as sysdbaalter system reset JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES; and then bounce the instance. 4.2.2.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currently in use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.2.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (SPIDs) of job queue processes involved in propagation via col PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_namefrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDRand jr.JOB_name=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.You will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.3. Check the Alert Log and Any Associated Trace Files The first place to check for propagation failures is the alert logs at all sites (local and if relevant all remote sites). When a job queue process attempts to execute a schedule and fails it will always write an error stack to the alert log. This error stack will also be written in a job queue process trace file, which will be written to the BACKGROUND_DUMP_DEST location for 10.2 and below, and in the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST location for 11g. The fact that errors are written to the alert log demonstrates that the schedule is executing. This means that the problem could be with the set up of the schedule. In this example the ORA-02068 demonstrates that the failure was at the remote site. Further investigation revealed that the remote database was not open, hence the ORA-03114 error. Starting the database resolved the problem. Thu Feb 14 10:40:05 2002 Propagation Schedule for (AQADM.MULTIPLEQ, SHANE816.WORLD) encountered following error:ORA-04052: error occurred when looking up Remote object [email protected]: error occurred at recursive SQL level 4ORA-02068: following severe error from SHANE816ORA-03114: not connected to ORACLEORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS", line 4770ORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM", line 548ORA-06512: at line 1 Other potential errors that may be written to the alert log can be found in the following notes:Document 827184.1 AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990 (11.1)Document 846297.1 AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn] (10.2, 11.1)Document 731292.1 ORA-25215 Reported on Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tables (10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 365093.1 ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] Reported on Propagation of a Transformed Message (10.1, 10.2)Document 219416.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails with ORA-22922 (9.0)Document 1203544.1 AQ Propagation Aborted with ORA-600 [ociksin: invalid status] on SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE After Upgrade (11.1, 11.2)Document 1087324.1 ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Advanced Queuing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfiguration (10.2)Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370 incorrect usage of method" (9.2, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 332792.1 ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up Statspack (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1)Document 353325.1 ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE <queue_name> and destination <dblink> (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 787367.1 ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2 (10.1, 10.2)Document 566622.1 ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1 (9.2, 10.1)Document 731539.1 ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTP (9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1)Document 253131.1 Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555) (9.2)Document 118884.1 How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateDocument 222992.1 DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 1204080.1 AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.Document 1233675.1 AQ Propagation stops after upgrade to 11.2.0.1 ORA-30757 4.3.1. Errors Related to Incorrect Network Configuration The most common propagation errors result from an incorrect network configuration. The list below contains common errors caused by tnsnames.ora file or database links being configured incorrectly: - ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name- ORA-12505: TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor- ORA-12514: TNS:listener could not resolve SERVICE_NAME - ORA-12541: TNS-12541 TNS:no listener 4.4. Check the Database Links Exist and are Functioning Correctly For schedules to remote databases confirm the database link exists via. SQL> col DBLINK for a45SQL> select QNAME, NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), DESTINATION) dblink2 from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES3 where MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT';QNAME DBLINK------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------MY_QUEUE ORCL102B.WORLD Connect as the owner of the link and select across it to verify it works and connects to the database we expect. i.e. select * from ALL_QUEUES@ ORCL102B.WORLD; You need to ensure that the userid that scheduled the propagation (using DBMS_AQADM.SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.CREATE_PROPAGATION if using Streams) has access to the database link for the destination. 4.5. Has Propagation Been Correctly Scheduled? Check that the propagation schedule has been created and that a job queue process has been assigned. Look for the entry in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES and SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES for your schedule. For 10g and below, check that it has a JOBNO entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_JOBS with that JOBNO. For 11g and above, check that the schedule has a JOB_NAME entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS with that JOB_NAME. Check the destination is as intended and spelled correctly. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, DESTINATION, SCHEDULE_DISABLED, PROCESS_NAME from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME DESTINATION S PROCESS------- ---------- ------------------ - -----------AQADM MULTIPLEQ AQ$_LOCAL N J000 AQ$_LOCAL in the destination column shows that the queue to which we are propagating to is in the same database as the source queue. If the propagation was to a remote (different) database, a database link will be in the DESTINATION column. The entry in the SCHEDULE_DISABLED column, N, means that the schedule is NOT disabled. If Y (yes) appears in this column, propagation is disabled and the schedule will not be executed. If not using Oracle Streams, propagation should resume once you have enabled the schedule by invoking DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (for 10.2 Oracle Streams and above, the DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION procedure should be used). The PROCESS_NAME is the name of the job queue process currently allocated to execute the schedule. This process is allocated dynamically at execution time. If the PROCESS_NAME column is null (empty) the schedule is not currently executing. You may need to execute this statement a number of times to verify if a process is being allocated. If a process is at some time allocated to the schedule, it is attempting to execute. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, LAST_RUN_DATE, NEXT_RUN_DATE from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME LAST_RUN_DATE NEXT_RUN_DATE------ ----- ----------------------- ----------------------- AQADM MULTIPLEQ 13-FEB-2002 13:18:57 13-FEB-2002 13:20:30 In 11g, these dates are expressed in TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE datatypes. If the NEXT_RUN_DATE and NEXT_RUN_TIME columns are null when this statement is executed, the scheduled propagation is currently in progress. If they never change it would suggest that the schedule itself is never executing. If the next scheduled execution is too far away, change the NEXT_TIME parameter of the schedule so that schedules are executed more frequently (assuming that the window is not set to be infinite). Parameters of a schedule can be changed using the DBMS_AQADM.ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE call. In 10g and below, scheduling propagation posts a job in the DBA_JOBS view. The columns are more or less the same as DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES so you just need to recognize the job and verify that it exists. SQL> select JOB, WHAT from DBA_JOBS where WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';JOB WHAT---- ----------------- 720 next_date := sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job); For 11g, scheduling propagation posts a job in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS instead: SQL> select JOB_NAME from DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS where JOB_NAME like 'AQ_JOB$_%';JOB_NAME------------------------------AQ_JOB$_41 If no job exists, check DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES to make sure that the schedule has not been disabled. For 10g and below, the job number is dynamic for AQ propagation schedules. The procedure that is executed to expedite a propagation schedule runs, removes itself from DBA_JOBS, and then reposts a new job for the next scheduled propagation. The job number should therefore always increment unless the schedule has been set up to run indefinitely. 4.6. Is the Schedule Executing but Failing to Complete? Run the following query: SQL> select FAILURES, LAST_ERROR_MSG from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;FAILURES LAST_ERROR_MSG------------ -----------------------1 ORA-25207: enqueue failed, queue AQADM.INQ is disabled from enqueueingORA-02063: preceding line from SHANE816 The failures column shows how many times we have attempted to execute the schedule and failed. Oracle will attempt to execute the schedule 16 times after which it will be removed from the DBA_JOBS or DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view and the schedule will become disabled. The column DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.SCHEDULE_DISABLED will show 'Y'. For 11g and above, the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS.STATE column will show 'BROKEN' for the job corresponding to DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.JOB_NAME. Prior to 10g the back off algorithm for failures was exponential, whereas from 10g onwards it is linear. The propagation will become disabled on the 17th attempt. Only the last execution failure will be reflected in the LAST_ERROR_MSG column. That is, if the schedule fails 5 times for 5 different reasons, only the last set of errors will be recorded in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES. Any errors need to be resolved to allow propagation to continue. If propagation has also become disabled due to 17 failures, first resolve the reason for the error and then re-enable the schedule using the DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure, or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION if using 10.2 or above Oracle Streams. As soon as the schedule executes successfully the error message entries will be deleted. Oracle does not keep a history of past failures. However, when using Oracle Streams, the errors will be retained in the DBA_PROPAGATION view even after the schedule resumes successfully. See the following note for instructions on how to clear out the errors from the DBA_PROPAGATION view:Document 808136.1 How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view?If a schedule is active and no errors are being reported then the source queue may not have any messages to be propagated. 4.7. Do the Propagation Notification Queue Table and Queue Exist? Check to see that the propagation notification queue table and queue exist and are enabled for enqueue and dequeue. Propagation makes use of the propagation notification queue for handling propagation run-time events, and the messages in this queue are stored in a SYS-owned queue table. This queue should never be stopped or dropped and the corresponding queue table never be dropped. 10g and belowThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ$_PROP_TABLE_n, where 'n' is the RAC instance number, i.e. '1' for a non-RAC environment. This queue and queue table are created implicitly when propagation is first scheduled. If propagation has been scheduled and these objects do not exist, try unscheduling and rescheduling propagation. If they still do not exist contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1SQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 YES YESAQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E NO NO If the AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue.11g and aboveThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ_PROP_TABLE, and is created when the database is created. If they do not exist, contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ_PROP_TABLESQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ_PROP_NOTIFY YES YESAQ$_AQ_PROP_TABLE_E NO NO If the AQ_PROP_NOTIFY queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue. 4.8. Does the Remote Queue Exist and is it Enabled for Enqueueing? Check that the remote queue the propagation is transferring messages to exists and is enabled for enqueue: SQL> select DESTINATION from USER_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME = 'OUTQ';DESTINATION-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"AQADM"."INQ"@M2V102.ESSQL> select OWNER, NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED from [email protected];OWNER NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE-------- ------ ----------- -----------AQADM INQ YES YES 4.9. Do the Target and Source Database Charactersets Differ? If a message fails to propagate, check the database charactersets of the source and target databases. Investigate whether the same message can propagate between the databases with the same characterset or it is only a particular combination of charactersets which causes a problem. 4.10. Check the Queue Table Type Agreement Propagation is not possible between queue tables which have types that differ in some respect. One way to determine if this is the case is to run the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure for the two queues that the propagation operates on. If the types do not agree, DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES will return '0'.For AQ propagation between databases which have different NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS settings, propagation will not work, unless the queues are Oracle Streams ANYDATA queues.See the following notes for issues caused by lack of type agreement:Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 353754.1 Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT 4.11. Enable Propagation Tracing 4.11.1. System Level This is set it in the init.ora/spfile as follows: event="24040 trace name context forever, level 10" and restart the instanceThis event cannot be set dynamically with an alter system command until version 10.2: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context forever, level 10'; To unset the event: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context off'; Debugging information will be logged to job queue trace file(s) (jnnn) as propagation takes place. You can check the trace file for errors, and for statements indicating that messages have been sent. For the most part the trace information is understandable. This trace should also be uploaded to Oracle Support if a service request is created. 4.11.2. Attaching to a Specific Process We can also attach to an existing job queue processes that is running a propagation schedule and trace it individually using the oradebug utility, as follows:10.2 and below connect / as sysdbaselect p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from v$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 11g connect / as sysdbacol PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_NAMEfrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 4.11.3. Further Tracing The previous tracing steps only trace the job queue process executing the propagation on the source. At times it is useful to trace the propagation receiver process (the session which is enqueueing the messages into the target queue) on the target database which is associated with the job queue process on the source database.These following queries provide ways of identifying the processes involved in propagation so that you can attach to them via oradebug to generate trace information.In order to identify the propagation receiver process you need to execute the query as a user with privileges to access the v$ views in both the local and remote databases so the database link must connect as a user with those privileges in the remote database. The <DBLINK> in the queries should be replaced by the appropriate database link.The queries have two forms due to the differences between operating systems. The value returned by 'Rem Process' is the operating system identifier of the propagation receiver on the remote database. Once identified, this process can be attached to and traced on the remote database using the commands given in Section 4.11.2.10.2 and below - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from v$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 10.2 and below - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 11g - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 11g - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS;   5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 5.1. Check the Privileges of All Users Involved Ensure that the owner of the database link has the necessary privileges on the aq packages. SQL> select TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE from USER_TAB_PRIVS;TABLE_NAME PRIVILEGE------------------------------ ----------------------------------------DBMS_LOCK EXECUTEDBMS_AQ EXECUTEDBMS_AQADM EXECUTEDBMS_AQ_BQVIEW EXECUTEQT52814_BUFFER SELECT Note that when queue table is created, a view called QT<nnn>_BUFFER is created in the SYS schema, and the queue table owner is given SELECT privileges on it. The <nnn> corresponds to the object_id of the associated queue table. SQL> select * from USER_ROLE_PRIVS;USERNAME GRANTED_ROLE ADM DEF OS_------------------------------ ------------------------------ ---- ---- ---AQ_USER1 AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE NO YES NOAQ_USER1 CONNECT NO YES NOAQ_USER1 RESOURCE NO YES NO It is good practice to configure central AQ administrative user. All admin and processing jobs are created, executed and administered as this user. This configuration is not mandatory however, and the database link can be owned by any existing queue user. If this latter configuration is used, ensure that the connecting user has the necessary privileges on the AQ packages and objects involved. Privileges for an AQ Administrative user Execute on DBMS_AQADM Execute on DBMS_AQ Granted the AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE Privileges for an AQ user Execute on DBMS_AQ Execute on the message payload Enqueue privileges on the remote queue Dequeue privileges on the originating queue Privileges need to be confirmed on both sites when propagation is scheduled to remote destinations. Verify that the user ID used to login to the destination through the database link has been granted privileges to use AQ. 5.2. Verify Queue Payload Types AQ will not propagate messages from one queue to another if the payload types of the two queues are not verified to be equivalent. An AQ administrator can verify if the source and destination's payload types match by executing the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure. The results of the type checking will be stored in the SYS.AQ$_MESSAGE_TYPES table. This table can be accessed using the object identifier OID of the source queue and the address database link of the destination queue, i.e. [schema.]queue_name[@destination]. Prior to Oracle 9i the payload (message type) had to be the same for all the queue tables involved in propagation. From Oracle9i onwards a transformation can be used so that payloads can be converted from one type to another. The following procedural call made on the source database can verify whether we can propagate between the source and the destination queue tables. connect aq_user1/[email protected] serverout onDECLARErc_value number;BEGINDBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES(src_queue_name => 'AQ_USER1.Q_1', dest_queue_name => 'AQ_USER2.Q_2',destination => 'dbl_aq_user2.es',rc => rc_value);dbms_output.put_line('rc_value code is '||rc_value);END;/ If propagation is possible then the return code value will be 1. If it is 0 then propagation is not possible and further investigation of the types and transformations used by and in conjunction with the queue tables is required. With regard to comparison of the types the following sql can be used to extract the DDL for a specific type with' %' changed appropriately on the source and target. This can then be compared for the source and target. SET LONG 20000 set pagesize 50 EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'STORAGE',false); SELECT DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL('TYPE',t.type_name) from user_types t WHERE t.type_name like '%'; EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'DEFAULT'); 5.3. Check Message State and Destination The first step in this process is to identify the queue table associated with the problem source queue. Although you schedule propagation for a specific queue, most of the meta-data associated with that queue is stored in the underlying queue table. The following statement finds the queue table for a given queue (note that this is a multiple-consumer queue table). SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUES where NAME = 'MULTIPLEQ';QUEUE_TABLE --------------------MULTIPLEQTABLE For a small amount of messages in a multiple-consumer queue table, the following query can be run: SQL> select MSG_STATE, CONSUMER_NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE where QUEUE = 'MULTIPLEQ';MSG_STATE CONSUMER_NAME ADDRESS-------------- ----------------------- -------------READY AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1READY AQUSER3 AQADM.INQ In this example we see 2 messages ready to be propagated to remote queues and 1 that is not. If the address column is blank, the message is not scheduled for propagation and can only be dequeued from the queue upon which it was enqueued. The MSG_STATE column values are discussed in Document 102330.1 Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their Interpretation. If the address column has a value, the message has been enqueued for propagation to another queue. The first row in the example includes a database link (@M2V102.ES). This demonstrates that the message should be propagated to a queue at a remote database. The third row does not include a database link so will be propagated to a queue that resides on the same database as the source queue. The consumer name is the intended recipient at the target queue. Note that we are not querying the base queue table directly; rather, we are querying a view that is available on top of every queue table, AQ$<queue_table_name>.A more realistic query in an environment where the queue table contains thousands of messages is8.0.3-compatible multiple-consumer queue table and all compatibility single-consumer queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE from AQ$<queue_table_name>  group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE; 8.1.3 and 10.0-compatible queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME from AQ$<queue_table_name>group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME; For multiple-consumer queue tables, if you did not see the expected CONSUMER_NAME , check the syntax of the enqueue code and verify the recipients are declared correctly. If a recipients list is not used on enqueue, check the subscriber list in the AQ$_<queue_table_name>_S view (note that a single-consumer queue table does not have a subscriber view. This view records all members of the default subscription list which were added using the DBMS_AQADM.ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure and also those enqueued using a recipient list. SQL> select QUEUE, NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE_S;QUEUE NAME ADDRESS---------- ----------- -------------MULTIPLEQ AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1 In this example we have 2 subscribers registered with the queue. We have a local subscriber AQUSER1, and a remote subscriber AQUSER2, on the queue INQ, owned by AQADM, at M2V102.ES. Unless overridden with a recipient list during enqueue every message enqueued to this queue will be propagated to INQ at M2V102.ES.For 8.1 style and above multiple consumer queue tables, you can also check the following information at the target: select CONSUMER_NAME, DEQ_TXN_ID, DEQ_TIME, DEQ_USER_ID, PROPAGATED_MSGID from AQ$<queue_table_name> where QUEUE = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; For 8.0 style queues, if the queue table supports multiple consumers you can obtain the same information from the history column of the queue table: select h.CONSUMER, h.TRANSACTION_ID, h.DEQ_TIME, h.DEQ_USER, h.PROPAGATED_MSGIDfrom AQ$<queue_table_name> t, table(t.history) h where t.Q_NAME = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; A non-NULL TRANSACTION_ID indicates that the message was successfully propagated. Further, the DEQ_TIME indicates the time of propagation, the DEQ_USER indicates the userid used for propagation, and the PROPAGATED_MSGID indicates the message ID of the message that was enqueued at the destination. 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 6.1. Is the Propagation Enabled? For a propagation job to propagate messages, the propagation must be enabled. For Streams, a special view called DBA_PROPAGATION exists to convey information about Streams propagations. If messages are not being propagated by a propagation as expected, then the propagation might not be enabled. To query for this: SELECT p.PROPAGATION_NAME, DECODE(s.SCHEDULE_DISABLED, 'Y', 'Disabled','N', 'Enabled') SCHEDULE_DISABLED, s.PROCESS_NAME, s.FAILURES, s.LAST_ERROR_MSGFROM DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES s, DBA_PROPAGATION pWHERE p.DESTINATION_DBLINK = NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(s.DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), s.DESTINATION) AND s.SCHEMA = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_OWNER AND s.QNAME = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_NAME AND MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT' order by PROPAGATION_NAME; At times, the propagation job may become "broken" or fail to start after an error has been encountered or after a database restart. If an error is indicated by the above query, an attempt to disable the propagation and then re-enable it can be made. In the examples below, for the propagation named STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE where the queue name is STREAMS_QUEUE owned by STRMADMIN and the destination database link is ORCL2.WORLD, the commands would be:10.2 and above exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); If the above does not fix the problem, stop the propagation specifying the force parameter (2nd parameter on stop_propagation) as TRUE: exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE',true); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); The statistics for the propagation as well as any old error messages are cleared when the force parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore if the propagation schedule is stopped with FORCE set to TRUE, and upon restart there is still an error message in DBA_PROPAGATION, then the error message is current.9.2 or 10.1 exec dbms_aqadm.disable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms.aqadm.enable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); If the above does not fix the problem, perform an unschedule of propagation and then schedule_propagation: exec dbms_aqadm.unschedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms_aqadm.schedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); Typically if the error from the first query in Section 6.1 recurs after restarting the propagation as shown above, further troubleshooting of the error is needed. 6.2. Check Propagation Rule Sets and Transformations Inspect the configuration of the rules in the rule set that is associated with the propagation process to make sure that they evaluate to TRUE as expected. If not, then the object or schema will not be propagated. Remember that when a negative rule evaluates to TRUE, the specified object or schema will not be propagated. Finally inspect any rule-based transformations that are implemented with propagation to make sure they are changing the data in the intended way.The following query shows what rule sets are assigned to a propagation: select PROPAGATION_NAME, RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||RULE_SET_NAME "Positive Rule Set",NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME "Negative Rule Set"from DBA_PROPAGATION; The next two queries list the propagation rules and their conditions. The first is for the positive rule set, the second is for the negative rule set: set long 4000select rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES rwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER and RULE_SET_NAME in(select RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME;   set long 4000select c.PROPAGATION_NAME, rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES r ,DBA_PROPAGATION cwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER andrsr.RULE_SET_OWNER=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER and rsr.RULE_SET_NAME=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAMEand rsr.RULE_SET_NAME in(select NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; 6.3. Determining the Total Number of Messages and Bytes Propagated As in Section 3.1, determining if messages are flowing can be instructive to see whether the propagation is entirely hung or just slow. If the propagation is not in flow control (see Section 6.5.2), but the statistics are incrementing slowly, there may be a performance issue. For Streams implementations two views are available that can assist with this that can show the number of messages sent by a propagation, as well as the number of acknowledgements being returned from the target site: the V$PROPAGATION_SENDER view at the Source site and the V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER view at the destination site. It is helpful to query both to determine if messages are being delivered to the target. Look for the statistics to increase.Source: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, DBLINK,HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS, TOTAL_BYTESfrom V$PROPAGATION_SENDER; Target: select SRC_QUEUE_SCHEMA, SRC_QUEUE_NAME, SRC_DBNAME, DST_QUEUE_SCHEMA, DST_QUEUE_NAME, HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS from V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER; 6.4. Check Buffered Subscribers The V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view displays information about subscribers for all buffered queues in the instance. This view can be queried to make sure that the site that the propagation is propagating to is listed as a subscriber address for the site being propagated from: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS from V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS; The SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS column will not be populated when the propagation is local (between queues on the same database). 6.5. Common Streams Propagation Errors 6.5.1. ORA-02082: A loopback database link must have a connection qualifier. This error can occur if you use the Streams Setup Wizard in Oracle Enterprise Manager without first configuring the GLOBAL_NAME for your database. 6.5.2. ORA-25307: Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES will display this informational message for propagation when the automatic flow control (10g feature of Streams) has been invoked.Similar to Streams capture processes, a Streams propagation process can also go into a state of 'flow control. This is an informative message that indicates flow control has been automatically enabled to reduce the rate at which messages are being enqueued into at target queue.This typically occurs when the target site is unable to keep up with the rate of messages flowing from the source site. Other than checking that the apply process is running normally on the target site, usually no action is required by the DBA. Propagation and the capture process will be resumed automatically when the target site is able to accept more messages.The following document contains more information:Document 302109.1 Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlSee the following document for one potential cause of this situation:Document 1097115.1 Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' State 6.5.3. ORA-25315 unsupported configuration for propagation of buffered messages This error typically occurs when the target database is RAC and usually indicates that an attempt was made to propagate buffered messages with the database link pointing to an instance in the destination database which is not the owner instance of the destination queue. To resolve the problem, use queue-to-queue propagation for buffered messages. 6.5.4. ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] after dropping / recreating propagation For cause/fixes refer to:Document 421237.1 ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams Propagation 6.5.5. Stopping or Dropping a Streams Propagation Hangs See the following note:Document 1159787.1 Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It Hang 6.6. Streams Propagation-Related Notes for Common Issues Document 437838.1 Streams Specific PatchesDocument 749181.1 How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationDocument 368912.1 Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentDocument 564649.1 ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveDocument 553017.1 Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201Document 944846.1 Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]Document 745601.1 ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'Document 333068.1 ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGADocument 363496.1 Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsDocument 368237.1 Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidDocument 436332.1 dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsDocument 727389.1 Propagation Fails With ORA-12528Document 730911.1 ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetDocument 460471.1 Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsDocument 1165583.1 ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentDocument 1059029.1 Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationDocument 556309.1 Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedDocument 839568.1 Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''Document 311021.1 Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredDocument 359971.1 STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068Document 1101616.1 DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747 7. Performance Issues A propagation may seem to be slow if the queries from Sections 3.1 and 6.3 show that the message statistics are not changing quickly. In Oracle Streams, this more usually is due to a slow apply process at the target rather than a slow propagation. Propagation could be inferred to be slow if the message statistics are changing, and the state of a capture process according to V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE is PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL, but an ORA-25307 'Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control' warning is NOT observed in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES per Section 6.5.2. If this is the case, see the following notes / white papers for suggestions to increase performance:Document 335516.1 Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsDocument 730036.1 Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesDocument 780733.1 Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersWhite Paper: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-wp-10gr2-streams-performance-130059.pdfWhite Paper: Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2, http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-10gr2-streams-configuration-132039.pdf, See APPENDIX A: USING STREAMS CONFIGURATIONS OVER A NETWORKFor basic AQ propagation, the network tuning in the aforementioned Appendix A of the white paper 'Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2' is applicable. References NOTE:102330.1 - Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their InterpretationNOTE:102771.1 - Advanced Queueing Propagation using PL/SQLNOTE:1059029.1 - Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationNOTE:1079577.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"NOTE:1083608.1 - 11g Streams and Oracle SchedulerNOTE:1087324.1 - ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Adavanced Queueing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfigurationNOTE:1097115.1 - Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' StateNOTE:1101616.1 - DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747NOTE:1159787.1 - Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It HangNOTE:1165583.1 - ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentNOTE:118884.1 - How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateNOTE:1203544.1 - AQ PROPAGATION ABORTED WITH ORA-600[OCIKSIN: INVALID STATUS] ON SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE AFTER UPGRADENOTE:1204080.1 - AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.NOTE:219416.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation fails with ORA-22922NOTE:222992.1 - DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082NOTE:253131.1 - Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555)NOTE:282987.1 - Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueNOTE:298015.1 - Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To SelfNOTE:302109.1 - Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlNOTE:311021.1 - Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredNOTE:332792.1 - ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up StatspackNOTE:333068.1 - ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGANOTE:335516.1 - Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsNOTE:353325.1 - ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE and destination NOTE:353754.1 - Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT.NOTE:359971.1 - STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068NOTE:363496.1 - Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsNOTE:365093.1 - ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] reported on Propagation of a Transformed MessageNOTE:368237.1 - Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidNOTE:368912.1 - Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentNOTE:421237.1 - ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams PropagationNOTE:436332.1 - dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsNOTE:437838.1 - Streams Specific PatchesNOTE:460471.1 - Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsNOTE:463820.1 - Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11gNOTE:553017.1 - Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201NOTE:556309.1 - Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedNOTE:564649.1 - ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveNOTE:566622.1 - ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1NOTE:727389.1 - Propagation Fails With ORA-12528NOTE:730036.1 - Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesNOTE:730911.1 - ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetNOTE:731292.1 - ORA-25215 Reported On Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tablesNOTE:731539.1 - ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTPNOTE:745601.1 - ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'NOTE:749181.1 - How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationNOTE:780733.1 - Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersNOTE:787367.1 - ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2NOTE:808136.1 - How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view ?NOTE:827184.1 - AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990NOTE:827473.1 - How to alter propagation from queue_to_queue to queue_to_dblinkNOTE:839568.1 - Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''NOTE:846297.1 - AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn]NOTE:944846.1 - Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]

    Read the article

  • These are few objective type questions which i was not able to find the solution [closed]

    - by Tarun
    1. Which of the following advantages does System.Collections.IDictionaryEnumerator provide over System.Collections.IEnumerator? a. It adds properties for direct access to both the Key and the Value b. It is optimized to handle the structure of a Dictionary. c. It provides properties to determine if the Dictionary is enumerated in Key or Value order d. It provides reverse lookup methods to distinguish a Key from a specific Value 2. When Implementing System.EnterpriseServices.ServicedComponent derived classes, which of the following statements are true? a. Enabling object pooling requires an attribute on the class and the enabling of pooling in the COM+ catalog. b. Methods can be configured to automatically mark a transaction as complete by the use of attributes. c. You can configure authentication using the AuthenticationOption when the ActivationMode is set to Library. d. You can control the lifecycle policy of an individual instance using the SetLifetimeService method. 3. Which of the following are true regarding event declaration in the code below? class Sample { event MyEventHandlerType MyEvent; } a. MyEventHandlerType must be derived from System.EventHandler or System.EventHandler<TEventArgs> b. MyEventHandlerType must take two parameters, the first of the type Object, and the second of a class derived from System.EventArgs c. MyEventHandlerType may have a non-void return type d. If MyEventHandlerType is a generic type, event declaration must use a specialization of that type. e. MyEventHandlerType cannot be declared static 4. Which of the following statements apply to developing .NET code, using .NET utilities that are available with the SDK or Visual Studio? a. Developers can create assemblies directly from the MSIL Source Code. b. Developers can examine PE header information in an assembly. c. Developers can generate XML Schemas from class definitions contained within an assembly. d. Developers can strip all meta-data from managed assemblies. e. Developers can split an assembly into multiple assemblies. 5. Which of the following characteristics do classes in the System.Drawing namespace such as Brush,Font,Pen, and Icon share? a. They encapsulate native resource and must be properly Disposed to prevent potential exhausting of resources. b. They are all MarshalByRef derived classes, but functionality across AppDomains has specific limitations. c. You can inherit from these classes to provide enhanced or customized functionality 6. Which of the following are required to be true by objects which are going to be used as keys in a System.Collections.HashTable? a. They must handle case-sensitivity identically in both the GetHashCode() and Equals() methods. b. Key objects must be immutable for the duration they are used within a HashTable. c. Get HashCode() must be overridden to provide the same result, given the same parameters, regardless of reference equalityl unless the HashTable constructor is provided with an IEqualityComparer parameter. d. Each Element in a HashTable is stored as a Key/Value pair of the type System.Collections.DictionaryElement e. All of the above 7. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. A Nullable type is a structure. c. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. d. An implicit conversion exists from any nullable value type to a non-nullable form of that type. e. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 8. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 9. Which of the following does using Initializer Syntax with a collection as shown below require? CollectionClass numbers = new CollectionClass { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; a. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.ICollection<T> b. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.IList<T> c. Each of the Items in the Initializer List will be passed to the Add<T>(T item) method d. The items in the initializer will be treated as an IEnumerable<T> and passed to the collection constructor+K110 10. What impact will using implicitly typed local variables as in the following example have? var sample = "Hello World"; a. The actual type is determined at compilation time, and has no impact on the runtime b. The actual type is determined at runtime, and late binding takes effect c. The actual type is based on the native VARIANT concept, and no binding to a specific type takes place. d. "var" itself is a specific type defined by the framework, and no special binding takes place 11. Which of the following is not supported by remoting object types? a. well-known singleton b. well-known single call c. client activated d. context-agile 12. In which of the following ways do structs differ from classes? a. Structs can not implement interfaces b. Structs cannot inherit from a base struct c. Structs cannot have events interfaces d. Structs cannot have virtual methods 13. Which of the following is not an unboxing conversion? a. void Sample1(object o) { int i = (int)o; } b. void Sample1(ValueType vt) { int i = (int)vt; } c. enum E { Hello, World} void Sample1(System.Enum et) { E e = (E) et; } d. interface I { int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(I vt) { int i = vt.Value; } e. class C { public int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(C vt) { int i = vt.Value; } 14. Which of the following are characteristics of the System.Threading.Timer class? a. The method provided by the TimerCallback delegate will always be invoked on the thread which created the timer. b. The thread which creates the timer must have a message processing loop (i.e. be considered a UI thread) c. The class contains protection to prevent reentrancy to the method provided by the TimerCallback delegate d. You can receive notification of an instance being Disposed by calling an overload of the Dispose method. 15. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 16. Which of the following scenarios are applicable to Window Workflow Foundation? a. Document-centric workflows b. Human workflows c. User-interface page flows d. Builtin support for communications across multiple applications and/or platforms e. All of the above 17. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 18 While using the capabilities supplied by the System.Messaging classes, which of the following are true? a. Information must be explicitly converted to/from a byte stream before it uses the MessageQueue class b. Invoking the MessageQueue.Send member defaults to using the System.Messaging.XmlMessageFormatter to serialize the object. c. Objects must be XMLSerializable in order to be transferred over a MessageQueue instance. d. The first entry in a MessageQueue must be removed from the queue before the next entry can be accessed e. Entries removed from a MessageQueue within the scope of a transaction, will be pushed back into the front of the queue if the transaction fails. 19. Which of the following are true about declarative attributes? a. They must be inherited from the System.Attribute. b. Attributes are instantiated at the same time as instances of the class to which they are applied. c. Attribute classes may be restricted to be applied only to application element types. d. By default, a given attribute may be applied multiple times to the same application element. 20. When using version 3.5 of the framework in applications which emit a dynamic code, which of the following are true? a. A Partial trust code can not emit and execute a code b. A Partial trust application must have the SecurityCriticalAttribute attribute have called Assert ReflectionEmit permission c. The generated code no more permissions than the assembly which emitted it. d. It can be executed by calling System.Reflection.Emit.DynamicMethod( string name, Type returnType, Type[] parameterTypes ) without any special permissions Within Windows Workflow Foundation, Compensating Actions are used for: a. provide a means to rollback a failed transaction b. provide a means to undo a successfully committed transaction later c. provide a means to terminate an in process transaction d. achieve load balancing by adapting to the current activity 21. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 22. Which of the following controls allows the use of XSL to transform XML content into formatted content? a. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xml b. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xslt c. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Substitution d. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Transform 23. To which of the following do automatic properties refer? a. You declare (explicitly or implicitly) the accessibility of the property and get and set accessors, but do not provide any implementation or backing field b. You attribute a member field so that the compiler will generate get and set accessors c. The compiler creates properties for your class based on class level attributes d. They are properties which are automatically invoked as part of the object construction process 24. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. c. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 25. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection. c. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 26. When using an implicitly typed array, which of the following is most appropriate? a. All elements in the initializer list must be of the same type. b. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to a known type which is the actual type of at least one member in the initializer list c. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to common type which is a base type of the items actually in the list 27. Which of the following is false about anonymous types? a. They can be derived from any reference type. b. Two anonymous types with the same named parameters in the same order declared in different classes have the same type. c. All properties of an anonymous type are read/write. 28. Which of the following are true about Extension methods. a. They can be declared either static or instance members b. They must be declared in the same assembly (but may be in different source files) c. Extension methods can be used to override existing instance methods d. Extension methods with the same signature for the same class may be declared in multiple namespaces without causing compilation errors

    Read the article

  • WPF storyboard animation issue when using VisualBrush

    - by Flack
    Hey guys, I was playing around with storyboards, a flipping animation, and visual brushes. I have encountered an issue though. Below is the xaml and code-behind of a small sample I quickly put together to try to demonstrate the problem. When you first start the app, you are presented with a red square and two buttons. If you click the "Flip" button, the red square will "flip" over and a blue one will appear. In reality, all that is happening is that the scale of the width of the StackPanel that the red square is in is being decreased until it reaches zero and then the StackPanel where a blue square is, whose width is initially scaled to zero, has its width increased. If you click the "Flip" button a few times, the animation looks ok and smooth. Now, if you hit the "Reflection" button, a reflection of the red/blue buttons is added to their respective StackPanels. Hitting the "Flip" button now will still cause the flip animation but it is no longer a smooth animation. The StackPanels width often does not shrink to zero. The width shrinks somewhat but then just stops before being completely invisible. Then the other StackPanel appears as usual. The only thing that changed was adding the reflection, which is just a VisualBrush. Below is the code. Does anyone have any idea why the animations are different between the two cases (stalling in the second case)? Thanks. <Window xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xml:lang="en-US" xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/expression/blend/2006" xmlns:mc="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006" mc:Ignorable="d" x:Class="WpfFlipTest.Window1" x:Name="Window" Title="Window1" Width="214" Height="224"> <Window.Resources> <Storyboard x:Key="sbFlip"> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetName="redStack" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.4" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00.4" Storyboard.TargetName="blueStack" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.8" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> <Storyboard x:Key="sbFlipBack"> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetName="blueStack" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.4" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00.4" Storyboard.TargetName="redStack" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.8" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </Window.Resources> <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="Gray"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto"/> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel Name="redStack" Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="0" RenderTransformOrigin="0.5,0.5"> <StackPanel.RenderTransform> <ScaleTransform/> </StackPanel.RenderTransform> <Border Name="redBorder" BorderBrush="Transparent" BorderThickness="4" Width="Auto" Height="Auto"> <Button Margin="0" Name="redButton" Height="75" Background="Red" Width="105" /> </Border> <Border Width="{Binding ElementName=redBorder, Path=ActualWidth}" Height="{Binding ElementName=redBorder, Path=ActualHeight}" Opacity="0.2" BorderBrush="Transparent" BorderThickness="4" Name="redRefelction" Visibility="Collapsed"> <Border.OpacityMask> <LinearGradientBrush StartPoint="0,0" EndPoint="0,1"> <LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> <GradientStop Offset="0" Color="Black"/> <GradientStop Offset=".6" Color="Transparent"/> </LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.OpacityMask> <Border.Background> <VisualBrush Visual="{Binding ElementName=redButton}"> <VisualBrush.Transform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="1" ScaleY="-1" CenterX="52.5" CenterY="37.5" /> </VisualBrush.Transform> </VisualBrush> </Border.Background> </Border> </StackPanel> <StackPanel Name="blueStack" Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="0" RenderTransformOrigin="0.5,0.5"> <StackPanel.RenderTransform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="0"/> </StackPanel.RenderTransform> <Border Name="blueBorder" BorderBrush="Transparent" BorderThickness="4" Width="Auto" Height="Auto"> <Button Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="1" Margin="0" Width="105" Background="Blue" Name="blueButton" Height="75"/> </Border> <Border Width="{Binding ElementName=blueBorder, Path=ActualWidth}" Height="{Binding ElementName=blueBorder, Path=ActualHeight}" Opacity="0.2" BorderBrush="Transparent" BorderThickness="4" Name="blueRefelction" Visibility="Collapsed"> <Border.OpacityMask> <LinearGradientBrush StartPoint="0,0" EndPoint="0,1"> <LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> <GradientStop Offset="0" Color="Black"/> <GradientStop Offset=".6" Color="Transparent"/> </LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.OpacityMask> <Border.Background> <VisualBrush Visual="{Binding ElementName=blueButton}"> <VisualBrush.Transform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="1" ScaleY="-1" CenterX="52.5" CenterY="37.5" /> </VisualBrush.Transform> </VisualBrush> </Border.Background> </Border> </StackPanel> <Button Grid.Row="1" Click="FlipButton_Click" Height="19.45" HorizontalAlignment="Left" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="76">Flip</Button> <Button Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="1" Click="ReflectionButton_Click" Height="19.45" HorizontalAlignment="Left" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="76">Reflection</Button> </Grid> </Window> Here are the button click handlers: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Text; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Data; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Imaging; using System.Windows.Navigation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; namespace WpfFlipTest { public partial class Window1 : Window { public Window1() { InitializeComponent(); } bool flipped = false; private void FlipButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { Storyboard sbFlip = (Storyboard)Resources["sbFlip"]; Storyboard sbFlipBack = (Storyboard)Resources["sbFlipBack"]; if (flipped) { sbFlipBack.Begin(); flipped = false; } else { sbFlip.Begin(); flipped = true; } } bool reflection = false; private void ReflectionButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { if (reflection) { reflection = false; redRefelction.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; blueRefelction.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; } else { reflection = true; redRefelction.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; blueRefelction.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; } } } } UPDATE: I have been testing this some more to try to find out what is causing the issue I am seeing and I believe I found what is causing the issue. Below I have pasted new xaml and code-behind. The new sample below is very similar to the original sample, with a few minor modifications. The xaml basically consists of two stack panels, each containing two borders. The second border in each stack panel is a visual brush (a reflection of the border above it). Now, when I click the "Flip" button, one stack panel gets its ScaleX reduced to zero, while the second stack panel, whose initial ScaleX is zero, gets its ScaleX increased to 1. This animation gives the illusion of flipping. There are also two textblocks which display the scale factor of each stack panel. I added those to try to diagnose my issue. The issue is (as described in the oringal post) that the flipping animation is not smooth. Every time I hit the flip button, the animation starts but whenever the ScaleX factor gets to around .14 to .16, the animation looks like it stalls and the stack panels never have there ScaleX reduced to zero, so they never totally disappear. Now, the strange thing is that if I change the Width/Height properties of the "frontBorder" and "backBorder" borders defined below to use explict values instead of Auto, such as Width=105 and Height=75 (to match the button in the border) everything works fine. The animation stutters the first two or three times I run it but after that the flips are smooth and flawless. (BTW, when an animation is run for the first time, is there something going on in the background, some sort of initialization, that causes it to be a little slow the first time?) Is it possible that the Auto Width/Height of the borders are causing the issue? I can reproduce it everytime but I am not sure why Auto Width/Height would be a problem. Below is the sample. Thanks for the help. <Window x:Class="FlipTest.Window1" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" Title="Window1" Height="300" Width="300"> <Window.Resources> <Storyboard x:Key="sbFlip"> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetName="front" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.5" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00.5" Storyboard.TargetName="back" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.5" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> <Storyboard x:Key="sbFlipBack"> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetName="back" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.5" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00.5" Storyboard.TargetName="front" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.5" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </Window.Resources> <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="White" ShowGridLines="True"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto"/> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel x:Name="front" RenderTransformOrigin="0.5,0.5"> <StackPanel.RenderTransform> <ScaleTransform/> </StackPanel.RenderTransform> <Border Name="frontBorder" BorderBrush="Yellow" BorderThickness="2" Width="Auto" Height="Auto"> <Button Margin="0" Name="redButton" Height="75" Background="Red" Width="105" Click="FlipButton_Click"/> </Border> <Border Width="{Binding ElementName=frontBorder, Path=ActualWidth}" Height="{Binding ElementName=frontBorder, Path=ActualHeight}" Opacity="0.2" BorderBrush="Transparent"> <Border.OpacityMask> <LinearGradientBrush StartPoint="0,0" EndPoint="0,1"> <LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> <GradientStop Offset="0" Color="Black"/> <GradientStop Offset=".6" Color="Transparent"/> </LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.OpacityMask> <Border.Background> <VisualBrush Visual="{Binding ElementName=frontBorder}"> <VisualBrush.Transform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="1" ScaleY="-1" CenterX="52.5" CenterY="37.5" /> </VisualBrush.Transform> </VisualBrush> </Border.Background> </Border> </StackPanel> <StackPanel x:Name="back" RenderTransformOrigin="0.5,0.5"> <StackPanel.RenderTransform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="0"/> </StackPanel.RenderTransform> <Border Name="backBorder" BorderBrush="Yellow" BorderThickness="2" Width="Auto" Height="Auto"> <Button Margin="0" Width="105" Background="Blue" Name="blueButton" Height="75" Click="FlipButton_Click"/> </Border> <Border Width="{Binding ElementName=backBorder, Path=ActualWidth}" Height="{Binding ElementName=backBorder, Path=ActualHeight}" Opacity="0.2" BorderBrush="Transparent"> <Border.OpacityMask> <LinearGradientBrush StartPoint="0,0" EndPoint="0,1"> <LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> <GradientStop Offset="0" Color="Black"/> <GradientStop Offset=".6" Color="Transparent"/> </LinearGradientBrush.GradientStops> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.OpacityMask> <Border.Background> <VisualBrush Visual="{Binding ElementName=backBorder}"> <VisualBrush.Transform> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="1" ScaleY="-1" CenterX="52.5" CenterY="37.5" /> </VisualBrush.Transform> </VisualBrush> </Border.Background> </Border> </StackPanel> <Button Grid.Row="1" Click="FlipButton_Click" Height="19.45" HorizontalAlignment="Left" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="76">Flip</Button> <TextBlock Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="0" Foreground="DarkRed" Height="19.45" HorizontalAlignment="Left" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="76" Text="{Binding ElementName=front, Path=(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)}"/> <TextBlock Grid.Row="3" Grid.Column="0" Foreground="DarkBlue" Height="19.45" HorizontalAlignment="Left" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="76" Text="{Binding ElementName=back, Path=(UIElement.RenderTransform).(ScaleTransform.ScaleX)}"/> </Grid> </Window> Code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Text; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Data; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Imaging; using System.Windows.Navigation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; namespace FlipTest { /// <summary> /// Interaction logic for Window1.xaml /// </summary> public partial class Window1 : Window { public Window1() { InitializeComponent(); } bool flipped = false; private void FlipButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { Storyboard sbFlip = (Storyboard)Resources["sbFlip"]; Storyboard sbFlipBack = (Storyboard)Resources["sbFlipBack"]; if (flipped) { sbFlipBack.Begin(); flipped = false; } else { sbFlip.Begin(); flipped = true; } } } }

    Read the article

  • spring security : Failed to load ApplicationContext with pre-post-annotations="enabled"

    - by thogau
    I am using spring 3.0.1 + spring-security 3.0.2 and I am trying to use features like @PreAuthorize and @PostFilter annotations. When running in units tests using @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) or in a main(String[] args) method my application context fails to start if enable pre-post-annotations and use org.springframework.security.acls.AclPermissionEvaluator : <!-- Enable method level security--> <security:global-method-security pre-post-annotations="enabled"> <security:expression-handler ref="expressionHandler"/> </security:global-method-security> <bean id="expressionHandler" class="org.springframework.security.access.expression.method.DefaultMethodSecurityExpressionHandler"> <property name="permissionEvaluator" ref="aclPermissionEvaluator"/> </bean> <bean id="aclPermissionEvaluator" class="org.springframework.security.acls.AclPermissionEvaluator"> <constructor-arg ref="aclService"/> </bean> <!-- Enable stereotype support --> <context:annotation-config /> <context:component-scan base-package="com.rreps.core" /> <bean id="propertyConfigurer" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <property name="locations"> <list> <value>classpath:applicationContext.properties</value> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="dataSource" class="com.mchange.v2.c3p0.ComboPooledDataSource"> <property name="driverClass" value="${jdbc.driver}" /> <property name="jdbcUrl" value="${jdbc.url}" /> <property name="user" value="${jdbc.username}" /> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}" /> <property name="initialPoolSize" value="10" /> <property name="minPoolSize" value="5" /> <property name="maxPoolSize" value="25" /> <property name="acquireRetryAttempts" value="10" /> <property name="acquireIncrement" value="5" /> <property name="idleConnectionTestPeriod" value="3600" /> <property name="maxIdleTime" value="10800" /> <property name="maxConnectionAge" value="14400" /> <property name="preferredTestQuery" value="SELECT 1;" /> <property name="testConnectionOnCheckin" value="false" /> </bean> <bean id="auditedSessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.annotation.AnnotationSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource" /> <property name="configLocation" value="classpath:hibernate.cfg.xml" /> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=${hibernate.dialect} hibernate.query.substitutions=true 'Y', false 'N' hibernate.cache.use_second_level_cache=true hibernate.cache.provider_class=net.sf.ehcache.hibernate.SingletonEhCacheProvider hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto=update hibernate.c3p0.acquire_increment=5 hibernate.c3p0.idle_test_period=3600 hibernate.c3p0.timeout=10800 hibernate.c3p0.max_size=25 hibernate.c3p0.min_size=1 hibernate.show_sql=false hibernate.validator.autoregister_listeners=false </value> </property> <!-- validation is performed by "hand" (see http://opensource.atlassian.com/projects/hibernate/browse/HV-281) <property name="eventListeners"> <map> <entry key="pre-insert" value-ref="beanValidationEventListener" /> <entry key="pre-update" value-ref="beanValidationEventListener" /> </map> </property> --> <property name="entityInterceptor"> <bean class="com.rreps.core.dao.hibernate.interceptor.TrackingInterceptor" /> </property> </bean> <bean id="simpleSessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.annotation.AnnotationSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource" /> <property name="configLocation" value="classpath:hibernate.cfg.xml" /> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=${hibernate.dialect} hibernate.query.substitutions=true 'Y', false 'N' hibernate.cache.use_second_level_cache=true hibernate.cache.provider_class=net.sf.ehcache.hibernate.SingletonEhCacheProvider hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto=update hibernate.c3p0.acquire_increment=5 hibernate.c3p0.idle_test_period=3600 hibernate.c3p0.timeout=10800 hibernate.c3p0.max_size=25 hibernate.c3p0.min_size=1 hibernate.show_sql=false hibernate.validator.autoregister_listeners=false </value> </property> <!-- property name="eventListeners"> <map> <entry key="pre-insert" value-ref="beanValidationEventListener" /> <entry key="pre-update" value-ref="beanValidationEventListener" /> </map> </property--> </bean> <bean id="sequenceSessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.annotation.AnnotationSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource" /> <property name="configLocation" value="classpath:hibernate.cfg.xml" /> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=${hibernate.dialect} hibernate.query.substitutions=true 'Y', false 'N' hibernate.cache.use_second_level_cache=true hibernate.cache.provider_class=net.sf.ehcache.hibernate.SingletonEhCacheProvider hibernate.hbm2ddl.auto=update hibernate.c3p0.acquire_increment=5 hibernate.c3p0.idle_test_period=3600 hibernate.c3p0.timeout=10800 hibernate.c3p0.max_size=25 hibernate.c3p0.min_size=1 hibernate.show_sql=false hibernate.validator.autoregister_listeners=false </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="validationFactory" class="javax.validation.Validation" factory-method="buildDefaultValidatorFactory" /> <!-- bean id="beanValidationEventListener" class="org.hibernate.cfg.beanvalidation.BeanValidationEventListener"> <constructor-arg index="0" ref="validationFactory" /> <constructor-arg index="1"> <props/> </constructor-arg> </bean--> <!-- Enable @Transactional support --> <tx:annotation-driven transaction-manager="transactionManager"/> <bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="auditedSessionFactory" /> </bean> <security:authentication-manager alias="authenticationManager"> <security:authentication-provider user-service-ref="userDetailsService" /> </security:authentication-manager> <bean id="userDetailsService" class="com.rreps.core.service.impl.UserDetailsServiceImpl" /> <!-- ACL stuff --> <bean id="aclCache" class="org.springframework.security.acls.domain.EhCacheBasedAclCache"> <constructor-arg> <bean class="org.springframework.cache.ehcache.EhCacheFactoryBean"> <property name="cacheManager"> <bean class="org.springframework.cache.ehcache.EhCacheManagerFactoryBean"/> </property> <property name="cacheName" value="aclCache"/> </bean> </constructor-arg> </bean> <bean id="lookupStrategy" class="org.springframework.security.acls.jdbc.BasicLookupStrategy"> <constructor-arg ref="dataSource"/> <constructor-arg ref="aclCache"/> <constructor-arg> <bean class="org.springframework.security.acls.domain.AclAuthorizationStrategyImpl"> <constructor-arg> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.security.core.authority.GrantedAuthorityImpl"> <constructor-arg value="ROLE_ADMINISTRATEUR"/> </bean> <bean class="org.springframework.security.core.authority.GrantedAuthorityImpl"> <constructor-arg value="ROLE_ADMINISTRATEUR"/> </bean> <bean class="org.springframework.security.core.authority.GrantedAuthorityImpl"> <constructor-arg value="ROLE_ADMINISTRATEUR"/> </bean> </list> </constructor-arg> </bean> </constructor-arg> <constructor-arg> <bean class="org.springframework.security.acls.domain.ConsoleAuditLogger"/> </constructor-arg> </bean> <bean id="aclService" class="com.rreps.core.service.impl.MysqlJdbcMutableAclService"> <constructor-arg ref="dataSource"/> <constructor-arg ref="lookupStrategy"/> <constructor-arg ref="aclCache"/> </bean> The strange thing is that the context starts normally when deployed in a webapp and @PreAuthorize and @PostFilter annotations are working fine as well... Any idea what is wrong? Here is the end of the stacktrace : ... 55 more Caused by: org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'dataSource' defined in class path resource [applicationContext-core.xml]: Initialization of bean failed; nested exception is org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'org.springframework.transaction.config.internalTransactionAdvisor': Cannot resolve reference to bean 'org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource#0' while setting bean property 'transactionAttributeSource'; nested exception is org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource#0': Initialization of bean failed; nested exception is java.lang.NullPointerException at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:521) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.createBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:450) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory$1.getObject(AbstractBeanFactory.java:290) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.getSingleton(DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.java:222) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.doGetBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:287) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.getBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:189) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionValueResolver.resolveReference(BeanDefinitionValueResolver.java:322) ... 67 more Caused by: org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'org.springframework.transaction.config.internalTransactionAdvisor': Cannot resolve reference to bean 'org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource#0' while setting bean property 'transactionAttributeSource'; nested exception is org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource#0': Initialization of bean failed; nested exception is java.lang.NullPointerException at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionValueResolver.resolveReference(BeanDefinitionValueResolver.java:328) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionValueResolver.resolveValueIfNecessary(BeanDefinitionValueResolver.java:106) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.applyPropertyValues(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:1308) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.populateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:1067) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:511) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.createBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:450) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory$1.getObject(AbstractBeanFactory.java:290) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.getSingleton(DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.java:222) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.doGetBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:287) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.getBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:193) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.BeanFactoryAdvisorRetrievalHelper.findAdvisorBeans(BeanFactoryAdvisorRetrievalHelper.java:86) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.findCandidateAdvisors(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:100) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.findEligibleAdvisors(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:86) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.getAdvicesAndAdvisorsForBean(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:68) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAutoProxyCreator.wrapIfNecessary(AbstractAutoProxyCreator.java:359) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAutoProxyCreator.postProcessAfterInitialization(AbstractAutoProxyCreator.java:322) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.applyBeanPostProcessorsAfterInitialization(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:404) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.initializeBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:1409) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:513) ... 73 more Caused by: org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanCreationException: Error creating bean with name 'org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource#0': Initialization of bean failed; nested exception is java.lang.NullPointerException at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:521) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.createBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:450) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory$1.getObject(AbstractBeanFactory.java:290) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.getSingleton(DefaultSingletonBeanRegistry.java:222) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.doGetBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:287) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanFactory.getBean(AbstractBeanFactory.java:189) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionValueResolver.resolveReference(BeanDefinitionValueResolver.java:322) ... 91 more Caused by: java.lang.NullPointerException at org.springframework.security.access.method.DelegatingMethodSecurityMetadataSource.getAttributes(DelegatingMethodSecurityMetadataSource.java:52) at org.springframework.security.access.intercept.aopalliance.MethodSecurityMetadataSourceAdvisor$MethodSecurityMetadataSourcePointcut.matches(MethodSecurityMetadataSourceAdvisor.java:129) at org.springframework.aop.support.AopUtils.canApply(AopUtils.java:215) at org.springframework.aop.support.AopUtils.canApply(AopUtils.java:252) at org.springframework.aop.support.AopUtils.findAdvisorsThatCanApply(AopUtils.java:284) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.findAdvisorsThatCanApply(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:117) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.findEligibleAdvisors(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:87) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.getAdvicesAndAdvisorsForBean(AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.java:68) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAutoProxyCreator.wrapIfNecessary(AbstractAutoProxyCreator.java:359) at org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.AbstractAutoProxyCreator.postProcessAfterInitialization(AbstractAutoProxyCreator.java:322) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.applyBeanPostProcessorsAfterInitialization(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:404) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.initializeBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:1409) at org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.doCreateBean(AbstractAutowireCapableBeanFactory.java:513) ... 97 more

    Read the article

  • Followup: Python 2.6, 3 abstract base class misunderstanding

    - by Aaron
    I asked a question at Python 2.6, 3 abstract base class misunderstanding. My problem was that python abstract base classes didn't work quite the way I expected them to. There was some discussion in the comments about why I would want to use ABCs at all, and Alex Martelli provided an excellent answer on why my use didn't work and how to accomplish what I wanted. Here I'd like to address why one might want to use ABCs, and show my test code implementation based on Alex's answer. tl;dr: Code after the 16th paragraph. In the discussion on the original post, statements were made along the lines that you don't need ABCs in Python, and that ABCs don't do anything and are therefore not real classes; they're merely interface definitions. An abstract base class is just a tool in your tool box. It's a design tool that's been around for many years, and a programming tool that is explicitly available in many programming languages. It can be implemented manually in languages that don't provide it. An ABC is always a real class, even when it doesn't do anything but define an interface, because specifying the interface is what an ABC does. If that was all an ABC could do, that would be enough reason to have it in your toolbox, but in Python and some other languages they can do more. The basic reason to use an ABC is when you have a number of classes that all do the same thing (have the same interface) but do it differently, and you want to guarantee that that complete interface is implemented in all objects. A user of your classes can rely on the interface being completely implemented in all classes. You can maintain this guarantee manually. Over time you may succeed. Or you might forget something. Before Python had ABCs you could guarantee it semi-manually, by throwing NotImplementedError in all the base class's interface methods; you must implement these methods in derived classes. This is only a partial solution, because you can still instantiate such a base class. A more complete solution is to use ABCs as provided in Python 2.6 and above. Template methods and other wrinkles and patterns are ideas whose implementation can be made easier with full-citizen ABCs. Another idea in the comments was that Python doesn't need ABCs (understood as a class that only defines an interface) because it has multiple inheritance. The implied reference there seems to be Java and its single inheritance. In Java you "get around" single inheritance by inheriting from one or more interfaces. Java uses the word "interface" in two ways. A "Java interface" is a class with method signatures but no implementations. The methods are the interface's "interface" in the more general, non-Java sense of the word. Yes, Python has multiple inheritance, so you don't need Java-like "interfaces" (ABCs) merely to provide sets of interface methods to a class. But that's not the only reason in software development to use ABCs. Most generally, you use an ABC to specify an interface (set of methods) that will likely be implemented differently in different derived classes, yet that all derived classes must have. Additionally, there may be no sensible default implementation for the base class to provide. Finally, even an ABC with almost no interface is still useful. We use something like it when we have multiple except clauses for a try. Many exceptions have exactly the same interface, with only two differences: the exception's string value, and the actual class of the exception. In many exception clauses we use nothing about the exception except its class to decide what to do; catching one type of exception we do one thing, and another except clause catching a different exception does another thing. According to the exception module's doc page, BaseException is not intended to be derived by any user defined exceptions. If ABCs had been a first class Python concept from the beginning, it's easy to imagine BaseException being specified as an ABC. But enough of that. Here's some 2.6 code that demonstrates how to use ABCs, and how to specify a list-like ABC. Examples are run in ipython, which I like much better than the python shell for day to day work; I only wish it was available for python3. Your basic 2.6 ABC: from abc import ABCMeta, abstractmethod class Super(): __metaclass__ = ABCMeta @abstractmethod def method1(self): pass Test it (in ipython, python shell would be similar): In [2]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods method1 Notice the end of the last line, where the TypeError exception tells us that method1 has not been implemented ("abstract methods method1"). That was the method designated as @abstractmethod in the preceding code. Create a subclass that inherits Super, implement method1 in the subclass and you're done. My problem, which caused me to ask the original question, was how to specify an ABC that itself defines a list interface. My naive solution was to make an ABC as above, and in the inheritance parentheses say (list). My assumption was that the class would still be abstract (can't instantiate it), and would be a list. That was wrong; inheriting from list made the class concrete, despite the abstract bits in the class definition. Alex suggested inheriting from collections.MutableSequence, which is abstract (and so doesn't make the class concrete) and list-like. I used collections.Sequence, which is also abstract but has a shorter interface and so was quicker to implement. First, Super derived from Sequence, with nothing extra: from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): pass Test it: In [6]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods __getitem__, __len__ We can't instantiate it. A list-like full-citizen ABC; yea! Again, notice in the last line that TypeError tells us why we can't instantiate it: __getitem__ and __len__ are abstract methods. They come from collections.Sequence. But, I want a bunch of subclasses that all act like immutable lists (which collections.Sequence essentially is), and that have their own implementations of my added interface methods. In particular, I don't want to implement my own list code, Python already did that for me. So first, let's implement the missing Sequence methods, in terms of Python's list type, so that all subclasses act as lists (Sequences). First let's see the signatures of the missing abstract methods: In [12]: help(Sequence.__getitem__) Help on method __getitem__ in module _abcoll: __getitem__(self, index) unbound _abcoll.Sequence method (END) In [14]: help(Sequence.__len__) Help on method __len__ in module _abcoll: __len__(self) unbound _abcoll.Sequence method (END) __getitem__ takes an index, and __len__ takes nothing. And the implementation (so far) is: from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): # Gives us a list member for ABC methods to use. def __init__(self): self._list = [] # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __getitem__(self, index): return self._list.__getitem__(index) # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __len__(self): return self._list.__len__() # Not required. Makes printing behave like a list. def __repr__(self): return self._list.__repr__() Test it: In [34]: a = Super() In [35]: a Out[35]: [] In [36]: print a [] In [37]: len(a) Out[37]: 0 In [38]: a[0] --------------------------------------------------------------------------- IndexError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() /home/aaron/projects/test/test.py in __getitem__(self, index) 10 # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. 11 def __getitem__(self, index): ---> 12 return self._list.__getitem__(index) 13 14 # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. IndexError: list index out of range Just like a list. It's not abstract (for the moment) because we implemented both of Sequence's abstract methods. Now I want to add my bit of interface, which will be abstract in Super and therefore required to implement in any subclasses. And we'll cut to the chase and add subclasses that inherit from our ABC Super. from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): # Gives us a list member for ABC methods to use. def __init__(self): self._list = [] # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __getitem__(self, index): return self._list.__getitem__(index) # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __len__(self): return self._list.__len__() # Not required. Makes printing behave like a list. def __repr__(self): return self._list.__repr__() @abstractmethod def method1(): pass class Sub0(Super): pass class Sub1(Super): def __init__(self): self._list = [1, 2, 3] def method1(self): return [x**2 for x in self._list] def method2(self): return [x/2.0 for x in self._list] class Sub2(Super): def __init__(self): self._list = [10, 20, 30, 40] def method1(self): return [x+2 for x in self._list] We've added a new abstract method to Super, method1. This makes Super abstract again. A new class Sub0 which inherits from Super but does not implement method1, so it's also an ABC. Two new classes Sub1 and Sub2, which both inherit from Super. They both implement method1 from Super, so they're not abstract. Both implementations of method1 are different. Sub1 and Sub2 also both initialize themselves differently; in real life they might initialize themselves wildly differently. So you have two subclasses which both "is a" Super (they both implement Super's required interface) although their implementations are different. Also remember that Super, although an ABC, provides four non-abstract methods. So Super provides two things to subclasses: an implementation of collections.Sequence, and an additional abstract interface (the one abstract method) that subclasses must implement. Also, class Sub1 implements an additional method, method2, which is not part of Super's interface. Sub1 "is a" Super, but it also has additional capabilities. Test it: In [52]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods method1 In [53]: a = Sub0() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Sub0 with abstract methods method1 In [54]: a = Sub1() In [55]: a Out[55]: [1, 2, 3] In [56]: b = Sub2() In [57]: b Out[57]: [10, 20, 30, 40] In [58]: print a, b [1, 2, 3] [10, 20, 30, 40] In [59]: a, b Out[59]: ([1, 2, 3], [10, 20, 30, 40]) In [60]: a.method1() Out[60]: [1, 4, 9] In [61]: b.method1() Out[61]: [12, 22, 32, 42] In [62]: a.method2() Out[62]: [0.5, 1.0, 1.5] [63]: a[:2] Out[63]: [1, 2] In [64]: a[0] = 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: 'Sub1' object does not support item assignment Super and Sub0 are abstract and can't be instantiated (lines 52 and 53). Sub1 and Sub2 are concrete and have an immutable Sequence interface (54 through 59). Sub1 and Sub2 are instantiated differently, and their method1 implementations are different (60, 61). Sub1 includes an additional method2, beyond what's required by Super (62). Any concrete Super acts like a list/Sequence (63). A collections.Sequence is immutable (64). Finally, a wart: In [65]: a._list Out[65]: [1, 2, 3] In [66]: a._list = [] In [67]: a Out[67]: [] Super._list is spelled with a single underscore. Double underscore would have protected it from this last bit, but would have broken the implementation of methods in subclasses. Not sure why; I think because double underscore is private, and private means private. So ultimately this whole scheme relies on a gentleman's agreement not to reach in and muck with Super._list directly, as in line 65 above. Would love to know if there's a safer way to do that.

    Read the article

  • client problems - misaligned expectations & not following SDLC protocols

    - by louism
    hi guys, im having some serious problems with a client on a project - i could use some advice please the short version i have been working with this client now for almost 6 months without any problems (a classified website project in the range of 500 hours) over the last few days things have drastically deteriorated to the point where ive had to place the project on-hold whilst i work-out what to do (this has pissed the client off even more) to be simplistic, the root cause of the issue is this: the client doesnt read the specs i make for him, i code the feature, he than wants to change things, i tell him its not to the agreed spec and that that change will have to be postponed and possibly charged for, he gets upset and rants saying 'hes paid for the feature' and im not keeping to the agreement (<- misalignment of expectations) i think the root cause of the root cause is my clients failure to take my SDLC protocols seriously. i have a bug tracking system in place which he practically refuses to use (he still emails me bugs), he doesnt seem to care to much for the protocols i use for dealing with scope creep and change control the whole situation came to a head recently where he 'cracked it' (an aussie term for being fed-up). the more terms like 'postponed for post-launch implementation', 'costed feature addition', and 'not to agreed spec' i kept using, the worse it got finally, he began to bully me - basically insisting i shut-up and do the work im being paid for. i wrote a long-winded email explaining how wrong he was on all these different points, and explaining what all the SDLC protocols do to protect the success of the project. than i deleted that email and wrote a new one in the new email, i suggested as a solution i write up a list of grievances we both had. we than review the list and compromise on different points: he gets some things he wants, i get some things i want. sometimes youve got to give ground to get ground his response to this suggestion was flat-out refusal, and a restatement that i should just get on with the work ive been paid to do so there you have the very subjective short version. if you have the time and inclination, the long version may be a little less bias as it has the email communiques between me and my client the long version (with background) the long version works by me showing you the email communiques which lead to the situation coming to a head. so here it is, judge for yourself where the trouble started... 1. client asked me why something was missing from a feature i just uploaded, my response was to show him what was in the spec: it basically said the item he was looking for was never going to be included 2. [clients response...] Memo Louis, We are following your own title fields and keeping a consistent layout. Why the big fuss about not adding "Part". It simply replaces "model" and is consistent with your current title fields. 3. [my response...] hi [client], the 'part' field appeared to me as a redundancy / mistake. i requested clarification but never received any in a timely manner (about 2 weeks ago) the specification for this feature also indicated it wasnt going to be included: RE: "Why the big fuss about not adding "Part" " it may not appear so, but it would actually be a lot of work for me to now add a 'Part' field it could take me up to 15-20 minutes to properly explain why its such a big undertaking to do this, but i would prefer to use that time instead to work on completing your v1.1 features as a simplistic explanation - it connects to the change in paradigm from a 'generic classified ad' model to a 'specific attributes for specific categories' model basically, i am saying it is a big fuss, but i understand that it doesnt look that way - after all, it is just one ity-bitty field :) if you require a fuller explanation, please let me know and i will commit the time needed to write that out also, if you recall when we first started on the project, i said that with the effort/time required for features, you would likely not know off the top of your head. you may think something is really complex, but in reality its quite simple, you might think something is easy - but it could actually be a massive trauma to code (which is the case here with the 'Part' field). if you also recalled, i said the best course of action is to just ask, and i would let you know on a case-by-case basis 4. [email from me to client...] hi [client], the online catalogue page is now up live (see my email from a few days ago for information on how it works) note: the window of opportunity for input/revisions on what data the catalogue stores has now closed (as i have put the code up live now) RE: the UI/layout of the online catalogue page you may still do visual/ui tweaks to the page at the moment (this window for input/revisions will close in a couple of days time) 5. [email from client to me...] *(note: i had put up the feature & asked the client to review it, never heard back from them for a few days)* Memo Louis, Here you go again. CLOSED without a word of input from the customer. I don't think so. I will reply tomorrow regarding the content and functionality we require from this feature. 5. [from me to client...] hi [client]: RE: from my understanding, you are saying that the mini-sale yard control would change itself based on the fact someone was viewing for parts & accessories <- is that correct? this change is outside the scope of the v1.1 mini-spec and therefore will need to wait 'til post launch for costing/implementation 6. [email from client to me...] Memo Louis, Following your v1.1 mini-spec and all your time paid in full for the work selected. We need to make the situation clear. There will be no further items held for post-launch. Do not expect us to pay for any further items other than those we have agreed upon. You have undertaken to complete the Parts and accessories feature as follows. Obviously, as part of this process the "mini search" will be effected, and will require "adaption to make sense". 7. [email from me to client...] hi [client], RE: "There will be no further items held for post-launch. Do not expect us to pay for any further items other than those we have agreed upon." a few points to consider: 1) the specification for the 'parts & accessories' feature was as follows: (i.e. [what] "...we have agreed upon.") 2) you have received the 'parts & accessories' feature free of charge (you have paid $0 for it). ive spent two days coding that feature as a gesture of good will i would request that you please consider these two facts carefully and sincerely 8. [email from client to me...] Memo Louis, I don't see how you are giving us anything for free. From your original fee proposal you have deleted more than 30 hours of included features. Your title "shelved features". Further you have charged us twice by adding back into the site, at an addition cost, some of those "shelved features" features. See v1.1 mini-spec. Did include in your original fee proposal a change request budget but then charge without discussion items included in v1.1 mini-spec. Included a further Features test plan for a regression test, a fee of 10 hours that would not have been required if the "shelved features" were not left out of the agreed fee proposal. I have made every attempt to satisfy your your uneven business sense by offering you everything your heart desired, in the v1.1 mini-spec, to be left once again with your attitude of "its too hard, lets leave it for post launch". I am no longer accepting anything less than what we have contracted you to do. That is clearly defined in v1.1 mini-spec, and you are paid in advance for delivering those items as an acceptable function. a few notes about the above email... i had to cull features from the original spec because it didnt fit into the budget. i explained this to the client at the start of the project (he wanted more features than he had budget hours to do them all) nothing has been charged for twice, i didnt charge the client for culled features. im charging him to now do those culled features the draft version of the project schedule included a change request budget of 10 hours, but i had to remove that to meet the budget (the client may not have been aware of this to be fair to them) what the client refers to as my attitude of 'too hard/leave it for post-launch', i called a change request protocol and a method for keeping scope creep under control 9. [email from me to client...] hi [client], RE: "...all your grievances..." i had originally written out a long email response; it was fantastic, it had all these great points of how 'you were wrong' and 'i was right', you would of loved it (and by 'loved it', i mean it would of just infuriated you more) so, i decided to deleted it start over, for two reasons: 1) a long email is being disrespectful of your time (youre a busy businessman with things to do) 2) whos wrong or right gets us no closer to fixing the problems we are experiencing what i propose is this... i prepare a bullet point list of your grievances and my grievances (yes, im unhappy too about how things are going - and it has little to do with money) i submit this list to you for you to add to as necessary we then both take a good hard look at this list, and we decide which areas we are willing to give ground on as an example, the list may look something like this: "louis, you keep taking away features you said you would do" [your grievance 2] [your grievance 3] [your grievance ...] "[client], i feel you dont properly read the specs i prepare for you..." [my grievance 2] [my grievance 3] [my grievance ...] if you are willing to give this a try, let me know will it work? who knows. but if it doesnt, we can always go back to arguing some more :) obviously, this will only work if you are willing to give it a genuine try, and you can accept that you may have to 'give some ground to get some ground' what do you think? 10. [email from client to me ...] Memo Louis, Instead of wasting your time listing grievances, I would prefer you complete the items in v1.1 mini-spec, to a satisfactory conclusion. We almost had the website ready for launch until you brought the v1.1 mini-spec into the frame. Obviously I expected you could complete the v1.1 mini-spec in a two-week time frame as you indicated and give the site a more profession presentation. Most of the problems have been caused by you not following our instructions, but deciding to do what you feel like at the time. And then arguing with us how the missing information is not necessary. For instance "Parts and Accessories". Why on earth would you leave out the parts heading, when it ties-in with the fields you have already developed. It replaces "model" and is just as important in the context of information that appears in the "Details" panel. We are at a stage where the the v1.1 mini-spec needs to be completed without further time wasting and the site is complete (subject to all features working). We are on standby at this end to do just that. Let me know when you are back, working on the site and we will process and complete each v1.1 mini-spec, item by item, until the job is complete. 11. [last email from me to client...] hi [client], based on this reply, and your demonstrated unwillingness to compromise/give any ground on issues at hand, i have decided to place your project on-hold for the moment i will be considering further options on how to over-come our challenges over the next few days i will contact you by monday 17/may to discuss any new options i have come up with, and if i believe it is appropriate to restart work on your project at that point or not told you it was long... what do you think?

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 327 328 329 330 331 332  | Next Page >